d/freebsd-skq
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
2822939a71
freebsd-skq/share/doc/FAQ/freebsd-faq.sgml

3193 lines
133 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

Update the doctype declaration to use the FreeBSD version of the linuxdoc DTD.
1995-05-10 00:12:18 +00:00
<!DOCTYPE linuxdoc PUBLIC "-//FreeBSD//DTD linuxdoc//EN">
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<article>
Update FAQ to something a little more modern. I still need updated info on the Non-US DES sites and how-to. Please look this over and see if you catch any other errors. Thanks.
1995-06-29 14:05:41 +00:00
<title>Frequently Asked Questions for FreeBSD 2.X
<author>The FreeBSD FAQ Team, <tt/FAQ@FreeBSD.ORG/
Add an entry dealing with connecting Win95 to the Internet via a FreeBSD box (this may save a few marriages!)
1996-07-28 22:46:27 +00:00
<date> $Id: freebsd-faq.sgml,v 1.52 1996/07/10 17:09:20 jraynard Exp $
Update FAQ to something a little more modern. I still need updated info on the Non-US DES sites and how-to. Please look this over and see if you catch any other errors. Thanks.
1995-06-29 14:05:41 +00:00
<abstract>
This is the FAQ for FreeBSD systems version 2.X All entries are
assumed to be relevant to FreeBSD 2.0.5+, unless otherwise noted.
Any entries with a &lt;XXX&gt; are under construction.
</abstract>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<toc>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect>
<heading>Preface</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Update FAQ to something a little more modern. I still need updated info on the Non-US DES sites and how-to. Please look this over and see if you catch any other errors. Thanks.
1995-06-29 14:05:41 +00:00
Welcome to the FreeBSD 2.X FAQ ! This document tries to answer
some of the most frequently asked questions about FreeBSD 2.X (or
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
later, unless specifically indicated). If there's something you're
having trouble with and you just don't see it here, then please
send mail to:
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
<url url="mailto:questions@FreeBSD.ORG" name="FreeBSD-questions
Update the FAQ. Is there anyone who could give me an account on a faster-than-20-bytes-per second line to the US (not EBONE) ? I'm having too many problems connecting to freefall to do commits... It would be better if it could be a ssh-protected account, that would give a strong authentication. The RENATER line (and thus EBONE) is almost dead for remote login after 10AM european time... :-( Thanks in advance.
1995-11-13 08:24:59 +00:00
Mailing list"> or to <url url="mailto:faq@FreeBSD.ORG"
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
name="FreeBSD FAQ mailing list">
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
The latest released version is FreeBSD 2.1.0R. FreeBSD-current
refers to the future FreeBSD 2.2. The 2.1 release has been issued
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
from a special branch of the -current sources and is intended as a
even more stable version of 2.0.5.
There are regular snapshots extracted from 2.2-CURRENT. Check on
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
<tt>ftp.FreeBSD.ORG</tt> in <tt>/pub/FreeBSD/*-SNAP*</tt>.
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>What is FreeBSD?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Update FAQ to something a little more modern. I still need updated info on the Non-US DES sites and how-to. Please look this over and see if you catch any other errors. Thanks.
1995-06-29 14:05:41 +00:00
FreeBSD 2.X is a UN*X type operating system based on
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
U.C. Berkeley's 4.4BSD-lite release for the i386 platform. It is
also based indirectly on William Jolitz's port of U.C. Berkeley's
Net/2 to the i386, 386BSD. There have been many additions and
bug fixes made throughout the entire system, some of the
highlights of which are:
<itemize>
<item>More robust and extensive PC device support
<item>System V-style IPC, messaging and semaphores
<item>Shared Libraries
<item>Much improved virtual memory code
<item>Better console driver support
<item>Network booting (diskless) support
<item>YP support
<item>Full support of the PCI bus
<item>Loadable kernel modules
<item>Serial Console Support
<item>Merged VM/Buffer Cache
<item>On demand PPP
<item>Sync PPP
<item>Improved SCSI support
</itemize>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>What do I need to run FreeBSD?</heading>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<p>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
You'll need a 386 or better PC, with 4 MB or more of RAM and at
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
least 60 MB of hard disk space. It can run with a low end MDA
card but to run X11R6, a VGA or better video card is needed.
See the section on <ref id="hardware" name="Hardware compatibility">
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>Where can I get FreeBSD</heading>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<p>
The distribution is available via anonymous ftp from:
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
<url url="ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.ORG/pub/FreeBSD/" name="the FreeBSD FTP site">
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
For the current release, 2.1.0R, look in:
<url url="ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.ORG/pub/FreeBSD/2.1.0-RELEASE/" name="FreeBSD 2.1.0-RELEASE">
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
FreeBSD is also available via CDROM, from the following place(s):
Walnut Creek CDROM<newline>
4041 Pike Lane, Suite D-386<newline>
Concord, CA 94520 USA<newline>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
Orders: (800)-786-9907<newline>
Questions: (510)-674-0783<newline>
FAX: (510)-674-0821<newline>
email: <url url="mailto:orders@cdrom.com" name="WC Orders address"> <newline>
WWW: <url url="http://www.cdrom.com/" name="WC Home page"><newline>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
In Australia, you may find it at:
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
Advanced MM Distributors<newline>
45 Elstone Ave<newline>
Airport West VIC 3042<newline>
Voice: +61 3 374-1410<newline>
Fax: +61 3 338-7411 fax<newline>
CDROM Support BBS<newline>
17 Irvine St<newline>
Peppermint Grove WA 6011<newline>
Voice: +61 9 385-3793<newline>
Fax: +61 9 385-2360<newline>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
And in the UK:
The Public Domain & Shareware Library<newline>
Winscombe House, Beacon Rd<newline>
Crowborough<newline>
Sussex. TN6 1UL<newline>
Voice: +44 01892 663298<newline>
Fax: +44 01892 667473<newline>
(Do not dial the leading zero if calling from outside the UK).
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>What FreeBSD mailing lists are available?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
The following mailing lists are provided for FreeBSD users and
developers. For more information, send to
&lt;majordomo@FreeBSD.ORG&gt; and include a single line saying
``help'' in the body of your message.
<descrip>
<tag/announce/ For announcements about or on FreeBSD.
<tag/hackers/ Useful for persons wishing to work on the internals.
<tag/questions/ General questions on FreeBSD.
<tag/bugs/ Where bugs should be sent.
<tag/SCSI/ Mailing list for SCSI developers.
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<tag/current/ This is the mailing list for communications
between the developers and users of freebsd-current. It also
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
carries announcements and discussions on current. <tt
/Required/ reading for anyone using freebsd-current!
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tag/security/ For issues dealing with system security.
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
<tag/platforms/ Deals with ports to non-Intel platforms.
<tag/ports/ Discussion of the Ports collection.
<tag/fs/ Discussion of FreeBSD Filesystems.
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<tag/hardware/ Discussion on hardware requirements for
FreeBSD.
Lets see... Cruft removed (small amounts) Added entry about IJPPP pred1 and some sites. Changed entry on commiters to read "All CVS commits" instead of current commits
1996-02-12 15:15:01 +00:00
<tag/committers/ All CVS commit messages
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
<tag/chat/ Miscellaneous chit-chat that does not belong
anywhere else, humour, etc.
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
<tag/hubs/ This the mailing-list for all of the generous
people who manage the ``regional'' part of the <tt/freebsd.org/
domain.
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
<tag/users-groups/ For the local area Users Groups coordinators.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
</descrip>
<p>
The FreeBSD-commit list has been broken up into groups dealing
with different areas of interest. Please see the FreeBSD mailing
list FAQ in:
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<url url="http://www.freebsd.org/How/handbook/eresources:mail.html" name="Handbook entry on mailing-lists">
<p>
<sect1>
<heading>How can I get on the mailing lists?</heading>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<p>
Example:
<p>
To subscribe to the <tt/questions/ list, you'll to send a message
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
containing the following command in the <bf/body/ of the message
(the subject will be ignored):
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<verb>
subscribe questions john.smith@foo.bar (John Smith)
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
</verb>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<p>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
Unsubscribing is just as easy:-
<verb>
unsubscribe questions john.smith@foo.bar (John Smith)
</verb>
Just remember to send your request
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
to
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
<url url="mailto:Majordomo@FreeBSD.ORG" name="the mail administrator">
and <bf/not/ to the list itself! (The last thing the subscribed
users want to see is administrative requests...)
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>What FreeBSD news groups are available?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
There are two newsgroups currently dedicated to FreeBSD:
<descrip>
<tag/comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce/ For announcements
<tag/comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc/ General discussion
</descrip>
The following newsgroups may also be of interest to
general BSD enthusiasts:
<descrip>
<tag><tt/comp.unix.bsd/</tag>
General BSD topics
</descrip>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
<tt>/usr/ports/news</tt> contains a number of ready-ported
programs not only for reading Usenet News, but even setting
up and running your own News server! You'll find trn, TIN,
Cnews, INN and others there.
For French-speaking people, the <tt/fr.comp.os.bsd/ group is for
you; there is also a Japanese newsgroup, <tt /fj.os.bsd.freebsd/.
If you do not receive these newsgroups, ask your system
administrator to get them for you.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
</sect1>
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
<heading>Books on FreeBSD</heading>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<p>
There currently aren't any books written specifically for
FreeBSD, although some people are supposedly working on some.
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
The FreeBSD Documentation Project exists, you may contact (or
better join them) on the <tt>doc</tt> mailing list:
<url url="mailto:doc@FreeBSD.ORG" name="&lt;doc@FreeBSD.ORG&gt;">.
A FreeBSD ``handbook'' is being created, and can be found as:
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
<url url="http://www.freebsd.org/How/handbook/" name="the FreeBSD Handbook">
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
Note that this is a work in progress, and so parts may be incomplete.
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
However, as FreeBSD 2.X is based upon Berkeley 4.4BSD-Lite, most
of the 4.4BSD manuals are applicable to FreeBSD 2.X. O'Reilly
and Associates publishes these manuals:
4.4BSD System Manager's Manual <newline>
By Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley <newline>
1st Edition June 1994, 804 pages <newline>
ISBN: 1-56592-080-5 <NEWLINE>
4.4BSD User's Reference Manual <newline>
By Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley <newline>
1st Edition June 1994, 905 pages <newline>
ISBN: 1-56592-075-9 <NEWLINE>
4.4BSD User's Supplementary Documents <newline>
By Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley <newline>
1st Edition July 1994, 712 pages <newline>
ISBN: 1-56592-076-7 <NEWLINE>
4.4BSD Programmer's Reference Manual <newline>
By Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley <newline>
1st Edition June 1994, 886 pages <newline>
ISBN: 1-56592-078-3 <NEWLINE>
4.4BSD Programmer's Supplementary Documents <newline>
By Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley <newline>
1st Edition July 1994, 596 pages <newline>
ISBN: 1-56592-079-1 <NEWLINE>
A description of these can be found via WWW as:
<url url="http://gnn.com/gnn/bus/ora/category/bsd.html"
name="4.4BSD books description">
A good book on system administration is:
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
Evi Nemeth, Garth Snyder, Scott Seebass &amp; Trent R. Hein,<newline>
``Unix System Administration Handbook'', Prentice-Hall, 1995<newline>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
ISBN: 0-13-151051-7<newline>
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
<bf/NOTE/ make sure you get the second edition, with a red cover,
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
instead of the first edition.
This book covers the basics, as well as TCP/IP, DNS, NFS,
SLIP/PPP, sendmail, INN/NNTP, printing, etc.. It's expensive
(approx. US&dollar;45-&dollar;55), but worth it. It also
includes a CDROM with the sources for various tools; most of
Add a few questions, especiallyuy two answered by Jordan in Usenet. Change one to a better form. Add a mention about quotas.
1995-11-20 22:51:01 +00:00
these, however, are also on the FreeBSD 2.1.0R CDROM (and the
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
FreeBSD CDROM often has newer versions).
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>Other sources of information.</heading>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<p>
One good source of additional information is the
``&lsqb;comp.unix.bsd&rsqb; NetBSD, FreeBSD, and 386BSD (0.1)
FAQ''. Much of the information is relevant to FreeBSD, and this
FAQ is posted around twice a month to the following newsgroups:
<verb>
comp.unix.bsd.netbsd.announce
comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce
comp.answers
news.answers
</verb>
If you have WWW access, the FreeBSD home page is at:
<url url="http://www.freebsd.org/" name="Main FreeBSD page">
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
The FreeBSD handbook has a pretty complete bibliography, look at:
<url url="http://www.FreeBSD.ORG/How/handbook/bibliography.html" name="Bibliography">
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect>
<heading>FreeBSD goals</heading>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<p>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>Copyrights</heading>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<p>
The goals of the FreeBSD Project are to provide software that may
be used for any purpose and without strings attached. Many of us
have a significant investment in the code (and project) and would
certainly not mind a little financial renumeration now and then,
but we're definitely not prepared to insist on it. We believe
that our first and foremost "mission" is to provide code to any
and all comers, and for whatever purpose, so that the code gets
the widest possible use and provides the widest possible benefit.
This is, I believe, one of the most fundamental goals of Free
Software and one that we enthusiastically support.
Various tweaks to things I noticed while reading these docs.
1995-11-24 07:55:27 +00:00
That code in our source tree which falls under the GNU Public License
(GPL) or GNU Library Public License (GLPL) comes with slightly more
strings attached, though at least on the side of enforced
access rather than the usual opposite. Due to the additional
complexities that can evolve in the commercial use of GPL software,
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
we do, however, endeavor to replace such software with submissions
Various tweaks to things I noticed while reading these docs.
1995-11-24 07:55:27 +00:00
under the more relaxed BSD copyright whenever possible.
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect>
<heading>Installation</heading>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<p>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
<heading>How do I install FreeBSD?</heading>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<p>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Add a few questions, especiallyuy two answered by Jordan in Usenet. Change one to a better form. Add a mention about quotas.
1995-11-20 22:51:01 +00:00
<bf/IMPORTANT NOTE/ if you are installing 2.1.0R from tape, see
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
the question titled,
<ref id="install-tape" name="Help! I can't install from tape!">
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
Installation instructions can be found as:
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
<url url="ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.ORG/pub/FreeBSD/2.1.0-RELEASE/INSTALL"
name="INSTALL from 2.1.0R">
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
Release notes are also available as:
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
<url url="ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.ORG/pub/FreeBSD/2.1.0-RELEASE/RELNOTES"
name="RELNOTES from 2.1.0R">
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
On the CDROM, the following files are in the top-most directory:
<verb>
INSTALL -- Installation instructions
README.TXT -- Basic README file
RELNOTES -- Release notes
</verb>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I have only 4 MB of RAM. Can I install FreeBSD 2.1.0 ?</heading>
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
<p>
FreeBSD 2.1.0 does not install with 4 MB. To be exact: it does
not install with 640 kB base + 3 MB extended memory. If your
motherboard can remap some of the ``lost'' memory out of the
640kB to 1MB region, then you may still be able to get FreeBSD
2.1.0 up.
Try to go into your BIOS setup and look for a ``remap'' option.
Enable it. You may also have to disable ROM shadowing.
It may be easier to get 4 more MB just for the install. Build a
custom kernel with only the options you need and then get the 4
MB out again.
You may also install 2.0.5 and then upgrade your system to 2.1.0
with the ``upgrade'' option of the 2.1.0 installation program.
After the installation, if you build a custom kernel, it will run
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
in 4 MB. Someone has even succeeded in booting with 2 MB (the
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
system was almost unusable though :-))
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Help! I have no space! Must I delete everything first?</heading>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<p>
If your machine is already running DOS and has little or no free
space available for FreeBSD's installation, all is not lost! You
may find the ``<tt/FIPS/'' utility, provided in the
<tt>tools/</tt> subdirectory on the FreeBSD CDROM or on the
various FreeBSD ftp sites, to be quite useful.
Add a comment from John Reece <reece@ix.netcom.com> about toggling NumLock in the BIOS for the PS/2 mouse. Add <tt// around FIPS.
1996-02-11 14:02:52 +00:00
<tt/FIPS/ allows you to split an existing DOS partition into two
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
pieces, preserving the original partition and allowing you to
install onto the second free piece. You first ``defrag'' your
DOS partition, using the DOS 6.xx <tt/DEFRAG/ utility or the
Norton Disk tools, then run <tt/FIPS/. It will prompt you for
the rest of the information it needs. Afterwards, you can reboot
and install FreeBSD on the new free slice. See the Distributions
menu for an estimation of how much free space you'll need for the
kind of installation you want.
Lets see... Cruft removed (small amounts) Added entry about IJPPP pred1 and some sites. Changed entry on commiters to read "All CVS commits" instead of current commits
1996-02-12 15:15:01 +00:00
NOTE: <tt/FIPS/ may cause problems with the mounting of your
DOS partition under FreeBSD 2.X.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Can Windows 95 co-exist with FreeBSD?</heading>
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
<p>
Install Windows 95 first, after that FreeBSD. FreeBSD's boot
manager will then manage to boot Win95 and FreeBSD.
<sect1>
<heading>Can I use compressed DOS filesystems from FreeBSD?</heading>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<p>
No. If you are using a utility such as Stacker(tm) or
DoubleSpace(tm), FreeBSD will only be able to use whatever
portion of the filesystem you leave uncompressed. The rest of
the filesystem will show up as one large file (the
stacked/dblspaced file!). <bf/DO NOT REMOVE THAT FILE!/ You will
probably regret it greatly!
It is probably better to create another uncompressed DOS primary
partition and use this for communications between DOS and
FreeBSD.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>Can I mount my DOS extended partitions?</heading>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<p>
Update section on mounting DOS extended partitions. Document the fact that we're now working on BSDI's dos emulator and point people at the new freebsd-emulation@freebsd.org mailing list.
1996-04-13 00:12:41 +00:00
Yes. DOS extended partitions are mapped in at the end of
the other ``slices'' in FreeBSD, e.g. your D: drive might
be /dev/sd0s5, your E: drive /dev/sd0s6, and so on. This
example assumes, of course, that your extended partition is
on SCSI drive 0. For IDE drives, substitute ``wd'' for ``sd''
and so on. You otherwise mount them exactly like you would
mount any other DOS drive, e.g.:
<p>
mount -t msdos /dev/sd0s5 /dos_d
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>Can I run DOS binaries under FreeBSD?</heading>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<p>
Update section on mounting DOS extended partitions. Document the fact that we're now working on BSDI's dos emulator and point people at the new freebsd-emulation@freebsd.org mailing list.
1996-04-13 00:12:41 +00:00
Not yet, though BSDI has just donated their <tt/rundos/ DOS emulation
subsystem which we're now working on integrating and enhancing.
Send mail to
<url url="mailto:emulation@freebsd.org"
name="The FreeBSD emulation discussion list">
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
if you're interested in joining this effort!
Update section on mounting DOS extended partitions. Document the fact that we're now working on BSDI's dos emulator and point people at the new freebsd-emulation@freebsd.org mailing list.
1996-04-13 00:12:41 +00:00
For now, there is a neat utility called ``<tt/pcemu/'' in the
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
ports collection which emulates an 8088 and enough BIOS services
to run DOS text mode applications. It requires the X Window
System (provided as XFree86 3.1.2).
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Help! I can't install from tape!<label id="install-tape"></heading>
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
<p>
Add a few questions, especiallyuy two answered by Jordan in Usenet. Change one to a better form. Add a mention about quotas.
1995-11-20 22:51:01 +00:00
If you are installing 2.1.0R from tape, you must create the tape
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
using a tar blocksize of 10 (5120 bytes). The default tar
blocksize is 20 (10240 bytes), and tapes created using this
Add a few questions, especiallyuy two answered by Jordan in Usenet. Change one to a better form. Add a mention about quotas.
1995-11-20 22:51:01 +00:00
default size cannot be used to install 2.1.0R; with these tapes,
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
you will get an error that complains about the record size being
too big.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How can I install onto a large SCSI disk?</heading>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
This depends. If you don't have DOS (or another operating
system) on the system, you can just keep the drive in native mode
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
and simply make sure that your root partition is below 1024 cylinders so
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
the BIOS can boot the kernel from it. It you also have DOS/some
other OS on the drive then your best bet is to find out what
parameters that it thinks you have before installing FreeBSD.
When FreeBSD's installation procedure prompts you for these
values, you should then enter them rather than simply going with
the defaults.
There is a freely available utility distributed with FreeBSD
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
called ``<tt/pfdisk/'' (located in the <tt>tools</tt>
subdirectory on the FreeBSD CDROM or on the various FreeBSD
ftp sites) which can be used for this purpose.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Can I install on my laptop over PLIP (Parallel Line IP)?</heading>
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
<p>
Connect the two computers using a Laplink parallel cable to use
this feature:
<verb>
+----------------------------------------+
|A-name A-End B-End Descr. Port/Bit |
+----------------------------------------+
|DATA0 2 15 Data 0/0x01 |
|-ERROR 15 2 1/0x08 |
+----------------------------------------+
|DATA1 3 13 Data 0/0x02 |
|+SLCT 13 3 1/0x10 |
+----------------------------------------+
|DATA2 4 12 Data 0/0x04 |
|+PE 12 4 1/0x20 |
+----------------------------------------+
|DATA3 5 10 Strobe 0/0x08 |
|-ACK 10 5 1/0x40 |
+----------------------------------------+
|DATA4 6 11 Data 0/0x10 |
|BUSY 11 6 1/0x80 |
+----------------------------------------+
|GND 18-25 18-25 GND - |
+----------------------------------------+
</verb>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>When I boot FreeBSD I get ``Missing Operating System''.</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
See question above. This is classically a case of FreeBSD and
DOS or some other OS conflicting over their ideas of disk
geometry. You will have to reinstall FreeBSD, but obeying the
instructions given above will almost always get you going.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I can't get past the boot manager's `F?' prompt.</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
This is another symptom of the problem described in the preceding
question. Your BIOS geometry and FreeBSD geometry settings do
not agree! If your controller or BIOS supports cylinder
translation (often marked as ``&gt;1GB drive support''), try
toggling its setting and reinstalling FreeBSD.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How can I add my new hard disk to my FreeBSD system?</heading>
<p>
The easiest way to do this is from the installation program. You can
start the installation program by running /stand/sysinstall as root
(note however that this will require kernel support for running
gzipped executables - the one shipped with FreeBSD does <tt /not/
support this).
<p>
Alternatively, if you still have the install floppy, you can just
reboot from that.
<p>
Select the ``Express Mode for Experts'' option, which will put you
straight into the fdisk editor, and create a single slice on the
disk. (Make sure you are editing the right disk!) Press `w' to write
your changes to the disk. Say ``No'' when asked if you want to
remain compatible with other operating systems, and ``Yes'' when
asked if you know what you're doing.
<p>
Pressing `q' to quit will transfer you to the disklabel editor.
Divide up your FreeBSD slice according to taste and press `w' when
you are happy with the way it looks. Again, say ``Yes'' when asked
for confirmation, and press `q' to quit.
<p>
At this point, you will be asked if you wish to commit your changes.
Do <tt /not/ do this! Instead, keep pressing the `escape' key until
you exit the installation program. If you booted from the install
floppy, the system will reboot at this point. Remember to remove the
floppy from the drive first!
<p>
All we need to do now is to put a filesystem on the disk. Just typing
newfs followed by the device name will do this. For example, if the
new disk is your second SCSI drive and you put its FreeBSD slice on
slice 1, the command would be:-
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<verb>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
newfs /dev/sd1s1
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
</verb>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
``newfs'' will choose sensible default values which will be good
enough for most purposes; if you need to tune the filesystem, the man
page for newfs describes all the options. A common optimisation is to
use the option `-i 2048' to put more inodes on a disk which is going
to be used for a news spool (the default is to have an inode for
every 4096 bytes of data - note that there was an error in the man
page in 2.1.0 in this respect).
<p>
If that sentence did not make any sense to you, you definitely do not
need to worry about tuning your filesystem! :-)
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I have an IDE drive with lots of bad blocks on it...</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
FreeBSD's bad block (the ``<tt/bad144/'' command) handling is
still not 100&percnt; (to put it charitably) and it must
unfortunately be said that if you've got an IDE or ESDI drive
with lots of bad blocks, then FreeBSD is probably not for you!
That said, it does work on thousands of IDE based systems, so
you'd do well to try it first before simply giving up.
IDE drives are <em/supposed/ to come with built-in bad-block
remapping; if you have documentation for your drive, you may want
to see if this feature has been disabled on your drive. However,
ESDI, RLL, and ST-506 drives normally do not do this.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I have 32MB of RAM. Will this cause any problems?<label id="bigram"></heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
No. FreeBSD 2.X comes with bounce buffers which allows your bus
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
mastering controller access to greater than 16MB. (Note that this
is not required if you have a PCI motherboard).
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I keep seeing messages like ``<tt/ed1: timeout/''.</heading>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<p>
This is usually caused by an interrupt conflict (e.g., two boards
using the same IRQ). FreeBSD prior to 2.0.5R used to be tolerant
of this, and the network driver would still function in the
presence of IRQ conflicts. However, with 2.0.5R and later, IRQ
Added pointer to inn FAQ on the net.
1996-05-29 00:46:01 +00:00
conflicts are no longer tolerated. Boot with the -c option and
change the ed0/de0/... entry to match your board.
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>Do I need to install the complete sources?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p> In general, no. However, we would strongly recommend that you
install, at a minimum, the ``<tt/base/'' source kit, which
includes several of the files mentioned here, and the
``<tt/sys/'' (kernel) source kit, which includes sources for the
kernel. There is nothing in the system which requires the
presence of the sources to operate, however, except for the
kernel-configuration program <tt/config(8)/. With the exception
of the kernel sources, our build structure is set up so that you
can read-only mount the sources from elsewhere via NFS and still
be able to make new binaries. (Because of the kernel-source
restriction, we recommend that you not mount this on
<tt>/usr/src</tt> directly, but rather in some other location
with appropriate symbolic links to duplicate the top-level
structure of the source tree.)
Having the sources on-line and knowing how to build a system with
them will make it much easier for you to upgrade to future
releases of FreeBSD.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I live outside the US. Can I use DES encryption?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p> If it is not absolutely imperative that you use DES style
encryption, you can use FreeBSD's default encryption for even
<bf/better/ security, and with no export restrictions. FreeBSD
2.0's password default scrambler is now <bf/MD5/-based, and is
more CPU-intensive to crack with an automated password cracker
than DES.
Since the DES encryption algorithm cannot legally be exported
from the US, non-US users should not download this software (as
part of the <tt/secrdist/ from US FTP sites.
There is however a replacement libcrypt available, based on
sources written in Australia by David Burren. This code is now
available on some non-US FreeBSD mirror sites. Sources for the
unencumbered libcrypt, and binaries of the programs which use it,
can be obtained from the following FTP sites:
<descrip>
<tag/South Africa/
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
<tt>ftp://ftp.internat.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD</tt><newline>
<tt>ftp://storm.sea.uct.ac.za/pub/FreeBSD</tt>
<tag/Brazil/
<tt>ftp://ftp.iqm.unicamp.br/pub/FreeBSD</tt>
<tag/Finland/
<tt>ftp://nic.funet.fi/pub/unix/FreeBSD/eurocrypt</tt>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
</descrip>
The non-US <tt/securedist/ can be used as a direct replacement
for the encumbered US <tt/securedist/. This <tt/securedist/
package is installed the same way as the US package (see
installation notes for details). If you are going to install DES
encryption, you should do so as soon as possible, before
installing other software.
Non-US users should please not download any encryption software
from the USA. This can get the maintainers of the sites from
which the software is downloaded into severe legal difficulties.
A non-US distribution of Kerberos is also being developed, and
current versions can generally be obtained by anonymous FTP from
<tt>braae.ru.ac.za</tt>.
There is a mailing list for the discussion of non-US encryption
software. For more information, send an email message with a
single line saying ``<tt/help/'' in the body of your message to
<tt>&lt;majordomo@braae.ru.ac.za&gt;</tt>.
</sect1>
</sect>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect>
<heading>Hardware compatibility <label id="hardware"></heading>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<p>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>What kind of hard drives does FreeBSD run on?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
IDE and SCSI hard drives are supported. FreeBSD also
supports ST-506 (sometimes called ``MFM''), RLL, and ESDI
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
drives, which are usually connected to WD-1002, WD-1003, or
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
WD-1006/7 controllers (although clones should also work).
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>What SCSI controllers are supported?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
FreeBSD supports the following SCSI controllers:
<descrip>
<tag/Adaptec/
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
AH-152x Series &lt;ISA&gt; <newline>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
AH-154x Series &lt;ISA&gt; <newline>
AH-174x Series &lt;EISA&gt; <newline>
Sound Blaster SCSI (AH-152x compat) &lt;ISA&gt; <newline>
AH-2742/2842 Series &lt;ISA/EISA&gt; <newline>
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
AH-2820/2822/2825 Series (Narrow/Twin/Wide) &lt;VLB&gt; <newline>
AH-294x and aic7870 MB controllers (Narrow/Twin/Wide) &lt;PCI&gt;<newline>
AH-394x (Narrow/Twin/Wide)
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tag/Buslogic/
BT-445 Series &lt;VLB&gt; (but see section <ref id="bigram"
name="on 32 MB machines">) <newline>
BT-545 Series &lt;ISA&gt; <newline>
BT-742 Series &lt;EISA&gt;<newline>
BT-747 Series &lt;EISA&gt;<newline>
BT-946 Series &lt;PCI&gt; <newline>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
BT-956 Series &lt;PCI&gt; <newline>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tag/Future Domain/
TMC-950 Series &lt;ISA&gt; <newline>
<tag/PCI Generic/
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
NCR 53C81x based controllers &lt;PCI&gt; <newline>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
NCR 53C82x based controllers &lt;PCI&gt; <newline>
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
NCR 53C860/75 based controllers &lt;PCI&gt; <newline>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tag/ProAudioSpectrum/
Zilog 5380 based controllers &lt;ISA&gt; <newline>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
Trantor 130 based controllers &lt;ISA&gt; <newline>
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
<tag/DTC/
DTC 3290 EISA SCSI in AHA-154x emulation.<newline>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tag/Seagate/
ST-01/02 Series &lt;ISA&gt;<newline>
<tag/UltraStor/
UH-14f Series &lt;ISA&gt;<newline>
UH-24f Series &lt;EISA&gt; <newline>
UH-34f Series &lt;VLB&gt;<newline>
<tag/Western Digital/
WD7000 &lt;ISA&gt; &lt;No scatter/gather&gt;
</descrip>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>What CD-ROM drives are supported by FreeBSD?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Any SCSI drive connected to a supported controller.
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
<itemize>
<item>Mitsumi LU002 (8bit), LU005 (16bit) and FX001D (16bit 2x
Speed).
<item>Sony CDU 31/33A<newline>
<item>Sound Blaster Non-SCSI CD-ROM<newline>
Fix typo. Submitted by: Tim VanderHoek <hoek@io.org>
1996-01-03 14:58:04 +00:00
<item>Matsushita/Panasonic CD-ROM<newline>
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
<item>ATAPI compatible IDE CD-ROMs (should be considered
<bf/experimental/)
</itemize>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
All non-SCSI cards are known to be extremely slow compared to
SCSI drives.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>What multi-port serial cards are supported by FreeBSD?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
<itemize>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<item>AST/4 in shared IRQ mode,
<item>ARNET 8 port in shared IRQ mode,
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
<item>BOCA 4/8/16 port cards in shared IRQ mode,
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<item>Cyclades 8/16 port &lt;Alpha&gt;,
<item>Cronyx/Sigfgma multiport sync/async,
<item>RISCom/8 multiport card,
Lets see... Cruft removed (small amounts) Added entry about IJPPP pred1 and some sites. Changed entry on commiters to read "All CVS commits" instead of current commits
1996-02-12 15:15:01 +00:00
<item>SCCSI Usenet II in shared IRQ mode,
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<item>STB 4 port i shared IRQ mode,
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
</itemize>
Some unnamed clone cards have also been known to work, especially
those that claim to be AST compatible.
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
A Digiboard driver is currently in alpha stage. If you want to
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
test it, take the file in
<url url="ftp://freefall.FreeBSD.ORG/pub/incoming"
name="the incoming directory">
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Check the <tt/sio(4)/ man page to get more information on
configuring such cards.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Does FreeBSD support Adaptec's AHA-2xxx SCSI adapters?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Lets see... Cruft removed (small amounts) Added entry about IJPPP pred1 and some sites. Changed entry on commiters to read "All CVS commits" instead of current commits
1996-02-12 15:15:01 +00:00
FreeBSD supports the AHA-2xxx line of adapters. The GPL portions
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
of the old drivers have been re-written and they are now fully
under the Berkeley style copyright. However, the 2920 is <bf /not/
currently supported.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I have a Mumbleco bus mouse. How do I set it up?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
FreeBSD supports the Logitech and ATI Inport bus mice. You need
to add the following line to the kernel config file and recompile
for the Logitech and ATI mice:
<verb>
Make the sample config file entry for mse0 use irq5 instead of irq6. Apparently some bus mice won't go above 5 and the 2.0.5 LINT shows 5. Submitted by: Brian Handy <handy@condor.physics.montana.edu>
1995-09-11 02:23:03 +00:00
device mse0 at isa? port 0x23c tty irq5 vector mseintr
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
</verb>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I have a PS/2 mouse (``keyboard'' mouse) How do I use it?<label id="ps2mouse"></heading>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<p>
You'll have to add the following lines to your kernel
configuration file and recompile:
<verb>
device psm0 at isa? port "IO_KBD" conflicts tty irq 12 vector psmintr
# Options for psm:
options PSM_NO_RESET #don't reset mouse hardware (some laptops)
</verb>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<p>
See the <url url="http://www.freebsd.org/handbook/kernelconfig.html"
name="Handbook entry on configuring the kernel">
Amend the PS/2 mouse entry a bit.
1996-01-03 10:18:55 +00:00
if you've no experience with building kernels.
Once you have a kernel detecting psm0 correctly at boot time,
make sure that an entry for psm0 exists in /dev. You can do this
by typing:
<verb>
cd /dev; sh MAKEDEV psm0
</verb>
When logged in as root.
<p>
Sheesh - what markup language am I using again? :-)
1996-01-03 10:37:40 +00:00
Note: Some PS/2 mouse controllers have a problem
Amend the PS/2 mouse entry a bit.
1996-01-03 10:18:55 +00:00
where the presence of the psm0 driver will cause the keyboard to
lock up (which is why this driver is not present by default in the
GENERIC kernel). This can sometimes be fixed by bouncing the
Add a comment from John Reece <reece@ix.netcom.com> about toggling NumLock in the BIOS for the PS/2 mouse. Add <tt// around FIPS.
1996-02-11 14:02:52 +00:00
NumLock key during the boot process. Also suggest going into CMOS
setup and toggling any value for Numlock On/Off at boot time. The
real fix is, of course, to merge the PS/2 mouse driver with syscons.
Amend the PS/2 mouse entry a bit.
1996-01-03 10:18:55 +00:00
Any volunteers? :)
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>I have a laptop with a track-ball mouse.</heading>
<p>
Please refer to the answer to the previous question.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>What types of tape drives are supported under FreeBSD?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
FreeBSD supports SCSI, QIC-02 and QIC-40/80 (Floppy based) tape
drives. This includes 8-mm (aka Exabyte) and DAT drives.
Lets see... Cruft removed (small amounts) Added entry about IJPPP pred1 and some sites. Changed entry on commiters to read "All CVS commits" instead of current commits
1996-02-12 15:15:01 +00:00
The QIC-40/80 drives are known to be slow.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>What sound cards are supported by FreeBSD?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
FreeBSD supports the SoundBlaster, SoundBlaster Pro, SoundBlaster
16, Pro Audio Spectrum 16, AdLib and Gravis UltraSound sound
cards. There is also limited support for MPU-401 and compatible
MIDI cards. The SoundBlaster 16 ASP cards are not yet
supported. The Microsoft Sound System is also supported.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<bf/NOTE/ This is only for sound! This driver does not support
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
CD-ROMs, SCSI or joysticks on these cards.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>What network cards does FreeBSD support?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
There is support for the following cards:
<descrip>
<tag/``de'' driver/
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
DEC DC21x40 and compatible PCI controllers<newline>
(including 21140 100bT cards) <newline>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tag/``ed'' driver/
NE2000 and 1000<newline>
WD/SMC 8003, 8013 and Elite Ultra (8216)<newline>
3Com 3c503 <newline>
And clones of the above <newline>
<tag/``le'' driver/
DEC EtherWORKS II and EtherWORKS III controllers. <newline>
<tag/``ie'' driver/
AT&amp;T EN100/StarLAN 10 <newline>
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
3COM 3c507 Etherlink 16/TP<newline>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
NI5210 <newline>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tag/``is'' driver/
Isolan AT 4141-0 <newline>
Isolink 4110 <newline>
<tag/``el'' driver/
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
3com 3c501 (does not support Multicast or DMA)
<tag/``eg'' driver/
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
3com 3c505 Etherlink/+
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tag/``ze'' driver/
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
IBM PCMCIA credit card adapter
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tag/``lnc'' drive/
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
Lance/PCnet cards (Isolan, Novell NE2100, NE32-VL)(*)
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tag/``ep'' driver/
Lets see... Cruft removed (small amounts) Added entry about IJPPP pred1 and some sites. Changed entry on commiters to read "All CVS commits" instead of current commits
1996-02-12 15:15:01 +00:00
3com 3c509 (Must disable PNP support on card)
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<tag/``ix'' driver/
Intel InterExpress
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tag/``cx'' driver/
Cronyx/Sigma multiport Sync/Async (Cisco and PPP framing)
<tag/``zp'' driver/
Correct a typo. 3c389 -> 3c589 is the correct 3com PCMCIA card number.
1995-08-17 21:18:48 +00:00
3Com PCMCIA Etherlink III (aka 3c589)
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tag/``fea'' driver/
DEC DEFEA EISA FDDI controller
<tag/``fpa'' driver/
DEC DEFPA PCI FDDI controller
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<tag/``fe'' driver/
Fujitsu MB86960A/MB86965A Ethernet cards
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
</descrip>
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
<bf/NOTE/ PCMCIA Ethernet cards from IBM and National
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
Semiconductor.
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<bf/NOTE/ Drivers marked with (*) are known to have problems.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<bf/NOTE/ We also support TCP/IP over parallel lines. At this point
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
we are incompatible with other versions, but we hope to correct
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
this in the near future.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I don't have a math co-processor.</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<tt /Note/ This will only affect 386/486SX/486SLC owners - other
machines will have one built into the CPU.
<p>
In general this will not cause any problems, but there are
circumstances where you will take a hit, either in performance or
accuracy of the math emulation code (see the section <ref id="emul"
name="on FP emulation">). In particular, drawing arcs in X will be
VERY slow. It is highly recommended that you buy a math
co-processor; it's well worth it.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<bf/NOTE/ Some math co-processors are better than others. It pains
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
us to say it, but nobody ever got fired for buying Intel. Unless
you're sure it works with FreeBSD, beware of clones.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>What other devices does 2.X support?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Here is a listing of drivers that do not fit into any of the
above areas.
<descrip>
<tag><tt/b004.c/</tag>
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
Driver for B004 compatible Transputer boards <newline>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<tag>``ctx'' driver</tag>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Driver for CORTEX-I Frame grabber <newline>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<tag>``gp'' driver</tag>
Driver for National Instruments AT-GPIB and<newline>
AT-GPIB/TNT boards
<tag>``pca'' driver</tag>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Driver for PC speakers to allow the playing of audio files
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<tag>``spigot'' driver</tag>
Driver for the Creative Labs Video Spigot
<tag>``gsc'' driver</tag>
Driver for the Genuis GS-4500 Hand scanner
<tag>``joy'' driver</tag>
Driver for a joystick
<tag/``labpc'' driver/
Driver for National Instrument's Lab-PC and Lab-PC+
<tag/``uart'' driver/
Stand-alone 6850 UART for MIDI
<tag/``nic'' driver/
Dr Neuhaus NICCY 3008, 3009 &amp; 5000 ISDN cards
<tag/``psm'' driver/
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
PS/2 mouse port
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tag><tt/tw.c/</tag>
Driver for the X-10 POWERHOUSE <newline>
</descrip>
Remove reference to Systems.FAQ
1996-02-28 20:08:48 +00:00
<!--
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I am about to buy a new machine. What do you recommend?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Added pointer to inn FAQ on the net.
1996-05-29 00:46:01 +00:00
See the <htmlurl url="handbook/hw.html" name="hardware section">
of the handbook.
Remove reference to Systems.FAQ
1996-02-28 20:08:48 +00:00
-->
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I have a lap-top with power management.</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
FreeBSD supports APM on certain machines. Please look in the
<tt/LINT/ kernel config file under <tt/APM/.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Add a few questions forwarded by Jordan and one from Jörg about XDM. Submitted by: geert@sun3.iaf.nl,tedm%toybox@agora.rdrop.com,joerg
1996-02-21 00:07:39 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>FreeBSD does not recognise my Bustek 742a EISA SCSI.</heading>
Add a few questions forwarded by Jordan and one from Jörg about XDM. Submitted by: geert@sun3.iaf.nl,tedm%toybox@agora.rdrop.com,joerg
1996-02-21 00:07:39 +00:00
<p>
This info is specific to the 742a but may also cover other
Buslogic cards. (Bustek = Buslogic)
There are 2 general ``versions'' of the 742a card. They are
hardware revisions A-G, and revisions H - onwards. The revision
letter is located after the Assembly number on the edge of the
card. The 742a has 2 ROM chips on it, one is the BIOS chip and
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
the other is the Firmware chip. FreeBSD doesn't care what
Add a few questions forwarded by Jordan and one from Jörg about XDM. Submitted by: geert@sun3.iaf.nl,tedm%toybox@agora.rdrop.com,joerg
1996-02-21 00:07:39 +00:00
version of BIOS chip you have but it does care about what version
of firmware chip. Buslogic will send upgrade ROMS out if you
call their tech support dept. The BIOS and Firmware chips are
shipped as a matched pair. You must have the most current
Firmware ROM in your adapter card for your hardware revision.
The REV A-G cards can only accept BIOS/Firmware sets up to
2.41/2.21. The REV H- up cards can accept the most current
BIOS/Firmware sets of 4.70/3.37. The difference between the
firmware sets is that the 3.37 firmware supports ``round robin''
The Buslogic cards also have a serial number on them. If you
have a old hardware revision card you can call the Buslogic RMA
department and give them the serial number and attempt to
exchange the card for a newer hardware revision. If the card is
young enough they will do so.
FreeBSD 2.1 only supports Firmware revisions 2.21 onward. If you
have a Firmware revision older than this your card will not be
recognized as a Buslogic card. It may be recognized as an
Adaptec 1540, however. The early Buslogic firmware contains an
AHA1540 ``emulation'' mode. This is not a good thing for an EISA
card, however.
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
If you have an old hardware revision card and you obtain the 2.21
Add a few questions forwarded by Jordan and one from Jörg about XDM. Submitted by: geert@sun3.iaf.nl,tedm%toybox@agora.rdrop.com,joerg
1996-02-21 00:07:39 +00:00
firmware for it, you will need to check the position of jumper W1
to B-C, the default is A-B.
The 742a EISA cards never had the ``> 16MB'' problem mentioned in
the section <ref id="bigram" name="on 32 MB machines">. This is a
problem that occurs with the Vesa-Local Buslogic SCSI cards.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect>
<heading>Commercial Applications</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<bf/NOTE/ This section is still very sparse, though we're hoping, of
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
course, that companies will add to it! :) The FreeBSD group has no
financial interest in any of the companies listed here but simply
lists them as a public service (and feels that commercial interest
in FreeBSD can have very positive effects on FreeBSD's long-term
viability). We encourage commercial software vendors to send their
entries here for inclusion.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>Where can I get Motif for FreeBSD?</heading>
Now that X Inside, Inc. is shipping their Motif, point at them instead.
1996-05-12 13:07:50 +00:00
<p>Contact <url url="http://www.xinside.com" name="X Inside, Inc.">
for a Motif v2.0 distribution for FreeBSD 2.1 (tested also with
2.2-current as of May 10, 1996).
This distribution includes:
<itemize>
<item>OSF/Motif manager, xmbind, panner, wsm.
<item>Development kit with uil, mrm, xm, xmcxx, include and Imake files.
<item>Static and dynamic libraries.
<item>Demonstration applets.
<item>Preformatted man pages.
</itemize>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Now that X Inside, Inc. is shipping their Motif, point at them instead.
1996-05-12 13:07:50 +00:00
<p>Be sure to specify that you want the FreeBSD version of Motif
when ordering! Versions for BSDI and Linux are also sold by
<em>X Inside.</em></p>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Are there any commercial high-performance X servers?<label id="xinside"></heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Now that X Inside, Inc. is shipping their Motif, point at them instead.
1996-05-12 13:07:50 +00:00
Yes, <url url="http://www.xinside.com" name="X Inside, Inc.">
sells their Accelerated-X product for FreeBSD and other Intel
based systems.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
This high performance X Server offers easy configuration, support
for multiple concurrent video boards and is distributed in binary
form only.
Price is &dollar;99.50 (promotional price for Linux/FreeBSD
version) for the 1.1 version, which is available now.
This product is for FreeBSD 1.1 and runs under 2.0 with the
FreeBSD 1.1 compatibility libs (``<tt/compat1xdist/'').
<descrip>
<tag/More info/
<url url="http://www.xinside.com/" name="X inside WWW page">
<tag/or/
<url url="ftp://ftp.xinside.com/accelx/1.1/prodinfo.txt"
name="Products information">
<tag/or/
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
<url url="mailto:info@xinside.com" name="Info E-mail address">
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tag/or/
Correct phone number for xinside. Submitted by: Richard Van Dyke <rav@xinside.com>
1996-01-02 23:31:25 +00:00
phone +1 (303) 298-7478.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
</descrip>
Added Conetic Software Systems to commercial area Added entry on NFS mounting SunOS drives (Just like the Linux entry above it) Added entry on use of cu to do AT commands Still to be added: KTRACE entry
1995-09-19 10:58:43 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>Are there any Database systems for FreeBSD?</heading>
<p>
Yes! Conetic Software Systems has ported their C/base and C/books
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
database systems to FreeBSD 2.0.5 and higher.
Added Conetic Software Systems to commercial area Added entry on NFS mounting SunOS drives (Just like the Linux entry above it) Added entry on use of cu to do AT commands Still to be added: KTRACE entry
1995-09-19 10:58:43 +00:00
<descrip>
<tag/For more information/
Add a missing quote that resulted in a parse error.
1995-09-19 14:23:38 +00:00
<url url="http://www.conetic.com/" name="Conetic Software Systems">
Added Conetic Software Systems to commercial area Added entry on NFS mounting SunOS drives (Just like the Linux entry above it) Added entry on use of cu to do AT commands Still to be added: KTRACE entry
1995-09-19 10:58:43 +00:00
<tag/or mail/
<url url="mailto:info@conetic.com" name="Information E-mail address">
</descrip>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>Any other applications I might be interested in?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
RenderMorphics, Ltd. sells a high-speed 3D rendering package for
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
FreeBSD called ``Reality Lab'' (tm).
Send email to <url url="mailto:info@render.com"
name="info@render.com">
or call: +44(0)71-251-4411 / FAX: +44(0)71-251-0939
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
This package is also for FreeBSD 1.1.5 but has been tested and
shown to run under FreeBSD 2.0 with the ``<tt/compat1xdist/''
installed.
Thanks must be extended to all of these companies for showing
enough faith in FreeBSD to port their products to it. While we
get no direct benefit from the sales of these products, the
indirect benefits of FreeBSD proving itself to be a successful
platform for such commercial interests will be immense! We wish
these companies every measure of success, and can only hope that
others are encouraged to follow suit.
</sect1>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect>
<heading>User Applications</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Add a few questions forwarded by Jordan and one from Jörg about XDM. Submitted by: geert@sun3.iaf.nl,tedm%toybox@agora.rdrop.com,joerg
1996-02-21 00:07:39 +00:00
<heading>I want to run X, how do I go about it?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
First, get the XFree86(tm) distribution of X11R6 from
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
<tt/XFree86.cdrom.com/ The version you want for FreeBSD 2.X and
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
later is <tt/XFree86 3.1.1/. Follow the instructions for
installation carefully. You may then wish to read the
documentation for the <tt/ConfigXF86/ tool, which assists you in
configuring XFree86(tm) for your particular graphics
card/mouse/etc.
You may also wish to investigate the Xaccel server, which is
available at a very reasonable price. See section
<ref id="xinside" name="on Xaccel"> for more details.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>ghostscript gives lots of errors with my 386/486SX.<label id="emul"></heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
You don't have a math co-processor, right?
You will need to add the alternative math emulator to your kernel;
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
you do this by adding the following to your kernel config file
and it will be compiled in.
<verb>
options GPL_MATH_EMULATE
</verb>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<bf/NOTE/ You will need to remove the <tt/MATH&lowbar;EMULATE/
option when you do this.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Is there an easy way to get hold of applications?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Yes. We support the concept of a ``package'', which is
essentially a gzipped binary distribution with a little extra
intelligence embedded in it for doing any custom installation
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
work required. Packages can also be installed or uninstalled
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
again easily without having to know the gory details. CDROM
people will have a <tt>packages/</tt> directory on their CD,
others can get the currently available packages from:
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<url url="ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.ORG/pub/FreeBSD/packages"
name="FreeBSD's packages">
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Note that all ports may not be available as packages, and that
new packages are constantly being added. It is always a good
idea to check periodically to see which packages are available.
A <tt/README/ file in the packages directory provides more
details on the care and feeding of the package software, so no
explicit details will be given here.
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>When I run a SCO/iBCS2 application, it bombs on <tt/socksys/.</heading>
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
<p>
You first need to edit the <tt>/etc/sysconfig</tt> in the last
section to change the following variable to <tt/YES/:
<code>
# Set to YES if you want ibcs2 (SCO) emulation loaded at startup
ibcs2=NO
</code>
It will load the <tt/ibcs2/ kernel module at startup.
You'll then need to set up /compat/ibcs2/dev to look like:
<code>
lrwxr-xr-x 1 root wheel 9 Oct 15 22:20 X0R@ -> /dev/null
lrwxr-xr-x 1 root wheel 7 Oct 15 22:20 nfsd@ -> socksys
-rw-rw-r-- 1 root wheel 0 Oct 28 12:02 null
lrwxr-xr-x 1 root wheel 9 Oct 15 22:20 socksys@ -> /dev/null
crw-rw-rw- 1 root wheel 41, 1 Oct 15 22:14 spx
</code>
You just need socksys to go to <tt>/dev/null</tt> to fake the
open &amp; close. The code in -current will handle the rest.
This is much cleaner than the way it was done before. If you
want the <tt/spx/ driver for a local socket X connection, define
<tt/SPX&lowbar;HACK/ when you compile the system.
Added pointer to inn FAQ on the net.
1996-05-29 00:46:01 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How do I configure INN (Internet News) for my machine?</heading>
Added pointer to inn FAQ on the net.
1996-05-29 00:46:01 +00:00
<p>After installing the inn package or port, the
<htmlurl url="http://elwing.unibe.ch/%7Eguggis/faqs/inn/inn-faq.home.html" name="INN FAQ"> may be an excellent place to start.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect>
<heading>Miscellaneous Questions</heading>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<p>
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
<heading>Why does FreeBSD consume far more swap space than Linux?</heading>
<p>
It doesn't. You might mean ``why does my swap seem full?''. If
that is what you really meant, it's because putting stuff in swap
rather than discarding it makes it faster to recover than if the
pager had to go through the file system to pull in clean
(unmodified) blocks from an executable.
The actual amount of dirty pages that you can have in core at
once is not reduced; the clean pages are displaced as necessary.
Add an entry for adding `vn' swap. Submitted by: Werner Griessl (quoted in Usenet)
1996-03-24 22:24:10 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>How can I add more swap space?</heading>
<p>(by Werner Griessl)
<p>Here is an example for 64Mb vn-swap (<tt>/usr/swap0</tt>)
<p>
<enum>
<item>
create a vn-device
<verb>
cd /dev; sh ./MAKEDEV vn0
</verb>
<item>
create a swapfile (<tt>/usr/swap0</tt>)
<verb>
dd if=/dev/zero of=/usr/swap0 bs=1024k count=64
</verb>
<item>
put into /etc/rc.local the line
<verb>
vnconfig -ce /dev/vn0c /usr/swap0 swap
</verb>
<item>
reboot the machine
</enum>
<p>
You must also have a kernel with the line
<verb>
pseudo-device vn #Vnode driver (turns a file into a device)
</verb>
in your config-file.
</sect1>
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Why doesn't chmod change the permissions on symlinks?</heading>
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
<p>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
You have to use either ``<tt/-H/'' or ``<tt/-L/'' together with
the ``<tt/-R/'' option to make this work. See the <tt/chmod(1)/
and <tt/symlink(7)/ man pages for more info.
<bf/WARNING/ the ``<tt/-R/'' option does a <bf/RECURSIVE/
<tt/chmod/. Be careful about specifying directories or symlinks
to directories to <tt/chmod/. If you want to change the
permissions of a directory referenced by a symlink, use
<tt/chmod(1)/ without any options and follow the symlink with a
trailing slash (``<tt>/</tt>''). For example, if ``<tt/foo/'' is
a symlink to directory ``<tt/bar/'', and you want to change the
permissions of ``<tt/foo/'' (actually ``<tt/bar/''), you would do
something like:
<verb>
chmod 555 foo/
</verb>
With the trailing slash, <tt/chmod/ will follow the symlink,
``<tt/foo/'', to change the permissions of the directory,
``<tt/bar/''.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>When I mount a CDROM, I get ``Incorrect super block''.</heading>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<p>
You have to tell <tt/mount(8)/ the type of the device that you
want to mount. By default, <tt/mount(8)/ will assume the
filesystem is of type ``<tt/ufs/''. You want to mount a CDROM
filesystem, and you do this by specifying the ``<tt/-t cd9660/''
option to <tt/mount(8)/. This does, of course, assume that the
CDROM contains an ISO 9660 filesystem, which is what most CDROMs
have. As of 1.1R, FreeBSD also understands the Rock Ridge
(long filename) extensions.
As an example, if you want to mount the CDROM device,
``<tt>/dev/cd0c</tt>'', under <tt>/mnt</tt>, you would execute:
<verb>
mount -t cd9660 /dev/cd0c /mnt
</verb>
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
Note that your device name (``<tt>/dev/cd0c</tt>'' in this
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
example) could be different, depending on the CDROM interface.
Note that the ``<tt/-t cd9660/'' option just causes the
``<tt/mount&lowbar;cd9660/'' command to be executed, and so the
above example could be shortened to:
<verb>
mount_cd9660 /dev/cd0c /mnt
</verb>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>When I mount a CDROM, I get ``Device not configured''.</heading>
<p>
This generally means that there is no CDROM in the CDROM drive,
or the drive is not visible on the bus. Feed the drive
something, and/or check its master/slave status if it is
IDE (ATAPI).
Add several entries for ISA PnP cards (from Frank Durda IV), for using the NT loader to boot, Jörg answer for slow printers and Dave Walton's answer to hang during vty switches.
1996-04-07 17:23:34 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How can I use the NT loader to boot FreeBSD?</heading>
Add several entries for ISA PnP cards (from Frank Durda IV), for using the NT loader to boot, Jörg answer for slow printers and Dave Walton's answer to hang during vty switches.
1996-04-07 17:23:34 +00:00
<p>
The general idea is that one copies the first sector of your
native root Linux or FreeBSD partition into a file in the DOS/NT
partition. Assuming one names that file something like
<tt>c:&bsol;bootsect.lnx</tt> or <tt>c:&bsol;bootsect.bsd</tt>
(inspired by <tt>c:&bsol;bootsect.dos</tt>) one can then edit the
<tt>c:&bsol;boot.ini</tt> file to come up with something like
this:
<verb>
[boot loader]
timeout=30
default=multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(1)\WINDOWS
[operating systems]
multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(1)\WINDOWS="Windows NT"
C:\BOOTSECT.LNX="Linux"
C:\BOOTSECT.BSD="FreeBSD"
C:\="DOS"
</verb>
This procedure assumes that DOS, NT, Linux, FreeBSD, or whatever
have been installed into their respective fdisk partitions on the
<bf/same/ disk. In my case DOS &amp; NT are in the first fdisk
partition, Linux in the second, and FreeBSD in the third. I also
installed Linux and FreeBSD to boot from their native partitions,
not the disk MBR, and without delay.
Mount a DOS-formatted floppy (if you've converted to NTFS) or the
FAT partition, under, say, <tt>/mnt</tt>.
In Linux:
<verb>
dd if=/dev/sda2 of=/mnt/bootsect.lnx bs=512 count=1
</verb>
In FreeBSD:
<verb>
dd if=/dev/rsd0a of=/mnt/bootsect.bsd bs=512 count=1
</verb>
Reboot into DOS or NT. NTFS users copy the <tt/bootsect.lnx/
and/or the <tt/bootsect.bsd/ file from the floppy to
<tt/C:&bsol;/. Modify the attributes (permissions) on
<tt/boot.ini/ with:
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
Add several entries for ISA PnP cards (from Frank Durda IV), for using the NT loader to boot, Jörg answer for slow printers and Dave Walton's answer to hang during vty switches.
1996-04-07 17:23:34 +00:00
<verb>
attrib -s -r c:\boot.ini
</verb>
Edit to add the appropriate entries from the example
<tt/boot.ini/ above, and restore the attributes:
<verb>
attrib -r -s c:\boot.ini
</verb>
If Linux or FreeBSD are booting from the MBR, restore it with the
DOS ``<tt>fdisk /mbr</tt>'' command after you reconfigure them to
boot from their native partitions.
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>My printer is ridiculously slow. What can I do ?</heading>
Add several entries for ISA PnP cards (from Frank Durda IV), for using the NT loader to boot, Jörg answer for slow printers and Dave Walton's answer to hang during vty switches.
1996-04-07 17:23:34 +00:00
<p>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
If it's parallel, and the only problem is that it's terribly
Add several entries for ISA PnP cards (from Frank Durda IV), for using the NT loader to boot, Jörg answer for slow printers and Dave Walton's answer to hang during vty switches.
1996-04-07 17:23:34 +00:00
slow, try setting your printer port into ``polled'' mode:
<verb>
lptcontrol -p
</verb>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
Some newer HP printers are claimed not to work correctly in
Add several entries for ISA PnP cards (from Frank Durda IV), for using the NT loader to boot, Jörg answer for slow printers and Dave Walton's answer to hang during vty switches.
1996-04-07 17:23:34 +00:00
interrupt mode, apparently due to some (not yet exactly
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
understood) timing problem.
Add several entries for ISA PnP cards (from Frank Durda IV), for using the NT loader to boot, Jörg answer for slow printers and Dave Walton's answer to hang during vty switches.
1996-04-07 17:23:34 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>My keyboard locks up after switching between vtys.</heading>
Add several entries for ISA PnP cards (from Frank Durda IV), for using the NT loader to boot, Jörg answer for slow printers and Dave Walton's answer to hang during vty switches.
1996-04-07 17:23:34 +00:00
<p>
Try adding the following option in your kernel configuration file
and recompile it.
<verb>
options ASYNCH
</verb>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
See the section on <ref id="make-kernel" name="building a
Add several entries for ISA PnP cards (from Frank Durda IV), for using the NT loader to boot, Jörg answer for slow printers and Dave Walton's answer to hang during vty switches.
1996-04-07 17:23:34 +00:00
kernel"> if you've no experience with building kernels.
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<sect1>My bus mouse locks up spontaneously.</heading>
<p>
Please refer to the answer to the previous question.
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>My programs occasionally die with ``Signal 11'' errors.</heading>
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
<p>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
This can be caused by bad hardware (memory, motherboard, etc.).
Try running a memory-testing program on your PC. Note that, even
though every memory testing program you try will report your
memory as being fine, it's possible for slightly marginal memory
to pass all memory tests, yet fail under operating conditions
(such as during busmastering DMA from a SCSI controller like the
Adaptec 1542).
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Help! X Window menus and dialog boxes don't work right!</heading>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<p>
Try turning off the Num Lock key.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
If your Num Lock key is on by default at boot-time, you may add
the following line in the ``<tt/Keyboard/'' section of the
<tt/XF86config/ file.
<verb>
# Let the server do the NumLock processing. This should only be required
# when using pre-R6 clients
ServerNumLock
</verb>
Add a few questions forwarded by Jordan and one from Jörg about XDM. Submitted by: geert@sun3.iaf.nl,tedm%toybox@agora.rdrop.com,joerg
1996-02-21 00:07:39 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>When I boot, the screen goes black and loses sync!</heading>
Add a few questions forwarded by Jordan and one from Jörg about XDM. Submitted by: geert@sun3.iaf.nl,tedm%toybox@agora.rdrop.com,joerg
1996-02-21 00:07:39 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
This is a known problem with the ATI Mach 64 video card.
The problem is that this card uses address <tt/2e8/, and
Add a few questions forwarded by Jordan and one from Jörg about XDM. Submitted by: geert@sun3.iaf.nl,tedm%toybox@agora.rdrop.com,joerg
1996-02-21 00:07:39 +00:00
the fourth serial port does too. Due to a bug (feature?) in the
sio.c driver it will touch this port even if you don't have the
fourth serial port, and <bf/even/ if you disable sio3 (the fourth
port) which normally uses this address.
<sect1>
<heading>What's the solution or workaround for this problem?</heading>
<p>
Until the bug has been fixed, you can use this workaround:
<enum>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
<item> Enter <tt/-c/ at the bootprompt.
(This will put the kernel into configuration mode).
Add a few questions forwarded by Jordan and one from Jörg about XDM. Submitted by: geert@sun3.iaf.nl,tedm%toybox@agora.rdrop.com,joerg
1996-02-21 00:07:39 +00:00
<item> Disable <tt/sio0/, <tt/sio1/, <tt/sio2/ and <tt/sio3/
(all of them). This way the sio driver doesn't get activated
-> no problems.
<item> Type exit to continue booting.
</enum>
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>That works, but I want to use my serial ports...</heading>
Add a few questions forwarded by Jordan and one from Jörg about XDM. Submitted by: geert@sun3.iaf.nl,tedm%toybox@agora.rdrop.com,joerg
1996-02-21 00:07:39 +00:00
<p>
You'll have to build a new kernel with the following
modification: in <tt>/usr/src/sys/i386/isa/sio.c</tt> find the
one occurrence of the string <tt/0x2e8/ and remove that string
and the preceding comma (keep the trailing comma). Now follow
the normal procedure of building a new kernel.
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Now everything runs great, except for X Window!</heading>
Add a few questions forwarded by Jordan and one from Jörg about XDM. Submitted by: geert@sun3.iaf.nl,tedm%toybox@agora.rdrop.com,joerg
1996-02-21 00:07:39 +00:00
<p>
Some newer ATI Mach 64 video cards (notably ATI Mach Xpression)
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
do not run with the current version of <tt/XFree86/; the screen
goes black when you start X Window, or it works with strange
problems. You can get
a beta-version of a new X-server that works better, by looking at
Add a few questions forwarded by Jordan and one from Jörg about XDM. Submitted by: geert@sun3.iaf.nl,tedm%toybox@agora.rdrop.com,joerg
1996-02-21 00:07:39 +00:00
<url url="http://www.xfree86.org" name="the XFree86 site">
and following the links to the new beta release. Get the
following files:
<tt>AccelCards, BetaReport, Cards, Devices, FILES, README.ati,
README.FreeBSD, README.Mach64, RELNOTES, VGADriver.Doc,
X312BMa64.tgz</tt>
Replace the older files with the new versions and make sure you
run <tt/xf86config/ again.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
<heading>What is a virtual console?</heading>
<p>
Virtual consoles, put simply, enable you to have several
simultaneous sessions on the same machine without doing anything
complicated like setting up a network or running X.
<p>
When the system starts, it will display a login prompt on
the monitor after displaying all the boot messages. You can
then type in your login name and password and start working (or
playing!) on the first virtual console.
<p>
At some point, you will probably wish to start another
session, perhaps to look at documentation for a program
you are running or to read your mail while waiting for an
FTP transfer to finish. Just do Alt-F2 (hold down the Alt
key and press the F2 key), and you will find a login prompt
waiting for you on the second ``virtual console''! When you
want to go back to the original session, do Alt-F1.
<p>
The default FreeBSD installation has three virtual consoles
enabled, and Alt-F1, Alt-F2, and Alt-F3 will switch between
these virtual consoles.
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>How do I access the virtual consoles from X?</heading>
<p>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
If the console is currently displaying X Window, you can use
Ctrl-Alt-F1, etc. to switch to a virtual console. Note, however,
that once you've switched away from X Window to a virtual
terminal, you use only the Alt- function key to switch to another
virtual terminal or back to X Window. You do not also press the
Ctrl key; the Ctrl-Alt-function key combination is used only when
switching from X Window to a virtual terminal.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>How do I increase the number of virtual consoles?</heading>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<p>
Edit <tt>/etc/ttys</tt> and add entries for ``<tt/ttyv4/'' to
``<tt/ttyvc/'' after the comment on ``Virtual terminals'' (delete
the leading whitespace in the following example):
<verb>
# Edit the existing entry for ttyv3 in /etc/ttys and change
# "off" to "on".
ttyv3 "/usr/libexec/getty Pc" cons25 on secure
ttyv4 "/usr/libexec/getty Pc" cons25 on secure
ttyv5 "/usr/libexec/getty Pc" cons25 on secure
ttyv6 "/usr/libexec/getty Pc" cons25 on secure
ttyv7 "/usr/libexec/getty Pc" cons25 on secure
ttyv8 "/usr/libexec/getty Pc" cons25 on secure
ttyv9 "/usr/libexec/getty Pc" cons25 on secure
ttyva "/usr/libexec/getty Pc" cons25 on secure
ttyvb "/usr/libexec/getty Pc" cons25 on secure
</verb>
Use as many or as few as you want. The more virtual terminals
you have, the more resources that are used; this can be important
if you have 8MB RAM or less. You may also want to change the
``<tt/secure/'' to ``<tt/insecure/''.
<bf/IMPORTANT NOTE/ if you want to run X Window, you <bf/MUST/
leave a virtual terminal unused (or turned off). For example, if
you want to attach a virtual terminal to all of your twelve
Alt-function keys, you can only attach virtual terminals to
eleven of them. The last must be left unused, because X Windows
will use it, and you will use the last Alt-function key to switch
back to X Window (after you have switched from X Window to a
virtual console via a Ctrl-Alt-function key). The easiest way to
do this is to disable a console by turning it off. For example,
if you have a keyboard with twelve function keys, you would
change settings for virtual terminal 12 from:
<verb>
ttyvb "/usr/libexec/getty Pc" cons25 on secure
</verb>
to:
<verb>
ttyvb "/usr/libexec/getty Pc" cons25 off secure
</verb>
If your keyboard has only ten function keys, you would end up with:
<verb>
ttyv9 "/usr/libexec/getty Pc" cons25 off secure
ttyva "/usr/libexec/getty Pc" cons25 off secure
ttyvb "/usr/libexec/getty Pc" cons25 off secure
</verb>
(You could also just delete these lines.)
Once you have edited <tt>/etc/ttys</tt>, the next step is to make
sure that you have enough virtual terminal devices. The easiest
way to do this is:
<verb>
cd /dev
./MAKEDEV vty12 # For 12 devices
</verb>
Next, the easiest (and cleanest) way to activate the virtual
consoles is to reboot. However, if you really don't want to
reboot, you can just shut down X Window and execute (as
<tt/root/):
<verb>
kill -HUP 1
</verb>
It's imperative that you completely shut down X Window if it is
running, before running this command. If you don't, your system
will probably appear to hang/lock up after executing the kill
command.
Add a few questions forwarded by Jordan and one from Jörg about XDM. Submitted by: geert@sun3.iaf.nl,tedm%toybox@agora.rdrop.com,joerg
1996-02-21 00:07:39 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>How do I start XDM from the <tt>/etc/ttys</tt> file ?</heading>
<p>
Starting xdm via /etc/ttys is a Bad Thing. I don't know why this
crept into some README file.
Start it from your <tt/rc.local/, and be explicit about how it
has to start. If this is your last action in <tt/rc.local/, put
a ``<tt/sleep 1/'' behind, to allow <tt/xdm/ to properly
daemonize before the <tt/rc/ shell exits.
<tt/xdm/ should be started without any arguments (i.e., as a
daemon).
The Xserver config file (default:
<tt>/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/xdm/Xservers</tt>) should contain the
line:
<code>
:0 local /usr/X11R6/bin/X :0 vt08 -wm
</code>
Of course, you can omit the ``<tt/-wm/'' if you don't like it,
but the `<tt/`vt08/'' is quite important -- it must point to a vt
that won't be used by <tt/getty/'s about a second later.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>What's FreeBSD-current?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
Read this:
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
<url url="http://www.freebsd.org/How/handbook/current.html"
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
name="Handbook entry on FreeBSD-CURRENT">
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
it will tell you all you need to know.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>What is this thing called ``<tt/sup/'', and how do I use it?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
SUP stands for Software Update Protocol, and was developed by CMU
for keeping their development trees in sync. We use it to keep
remote sites in sync with our central development sources.
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
Unless you have direct Internet connectivity, and don't care too
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
much about the cost/duration of the sessions, you shouldn't use
sup. For those ``low/expensive-bandwidth'' applications, we have
developed <tt/CTM/, see the section <ref id="ctm" name="on CTM">
for more about that.
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
To use it, you need to have direct Internet connectivity (not
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
just mail or news). First, pick up the <tt/sup.tgz/ package
from:
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<url url="ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.ORG/pub/FreeBSD/packages/sup.tgz"
name="The SUP package">
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
Second, read the <url
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
url="http://www.freebsd.org/How/handbook/sup.html"
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
name="Handbook entry on SUP">
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
This file describes how to setup sup on your machine. You may
also want to look at
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
<tt>/usr/src/share/examples/sup/*-supfile</tt>, or you may grab
updated supfiles from:
<url url="ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.ORG/pub/FreeBSD/FAQ/extras"
name="Updated SUP files">
which are a set of supfiles for supping from <tt/FreeBSD.ORG/.
<sect1>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
<heading>How cool is FreeBSD?</heading>
Add a few questions, especiallyuy two answered by Jordan in Usenet. Change one to a better form. Add a mention about quotas.
1995-11-20 22:51:01 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
Q. Has anyone done any temperature testing while running FreeBSD?
I know Linux runs cooler than dos, but have never seen a mention of
FreeBSD. It seems to run really hot.
<p>
A. No, but we have done numerous taste tests on blindfolded
Add a few questions, especiallyuy two answered by Jordan in Usenet. Change one to a better form. Add a mention about quotas.
1995-11-20 22:51:01 +00:00
volunteers who have also had 250 micrograms of LSD-25
administered beforehand. 35% of the volunteers said that FreeBSD
tasted sort of orange, whereas Linux tasted like purple haze.
Neither group mentioned any particular variances in temperature
that I can remember. We eventually had to throw the results of
this survey out entirely anyway when we found that too many
volunteers were wandering out of the room during the tests, thus
skewing the results. I think most of the volunteers are at Apple
now, working on their new ``scratch and sniff'' GUI. It's a
funny old business we're in!
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
Seriously, Linux uses the ``<tt/HALT/'' instruction when the
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
system is idle thus lowering its energy consumption and therefore
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
the heat it generates.
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Who's scratching in my memory banks??</heading>
Add a few questions, especiallyuy two answered by Jordan in Usenet. Change one to a better form. Add a mention about quotas.
1995-11-20 22:51:01 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
Q. Is there anything "odd" that FreeBSD does when compiling the
kernel which would cause the memory to make a scratchy sound? When
compiling (and for a brief moment after recognizing the floppy drive
upon startup, as well), a strange scratchy sound emanates from what
appears to be the memory banks.
<p>
A. Yes! You'll see frequent references to ``daemons'' in the BSD
Add a few questions, especiallyuy two answered by Jordan in Usenet. Change one to a better form. Add a mention about quotas.
1995-11-20 22:51:01 +00:00
documentation, and what most people don't know is that this
refers to genuine, non-corporeal entities that now possess your
computer. The scratchy sound coming from your memory is actually
high-pitched whispering exchanged among the daemons as they best
decide how to deal with various system administration tasks.
If the noise gets to you, a good ``<tt>fdisk /mbr</tt>'' from DOS
will get rid of them, but don't be surprised if they react
adversely and try to stop you. In fact, if at any point during
the exercise you hear the satanic voice of Bill Gates coming from
the built-in speaker, take off running and don't ever look back!
Freed from the counterbalancing influence of the BSD daemons, the
twin demons of DOS and Windows are often able to re-assert total
control over your machine to the eternal damnation of your soul.
Given a choice, I think I'd prefer to get used to the scratchy
noises, myself!
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How do I create customized installation disks?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
The entire process of creating installation disks and source and
binary archives is automated by various targets in
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
<tt>/usr/src/release/Makefile</tt>. The information there should
be enough to get you started.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>&quot;make world&quot; clobbers my existing installed binaries.</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
Yes, this is the general idea; as its name might suggest,
``make world'' rebuilds every system binary from scratch, so
you can be certain of having a clean and consistent
environment at the end (which is why it takes so long).
<p>
If the environment variable <tt/DESTDIR/ is defined while running
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
``<tt/make world/'' or ``<tt/make install/'', the newly-created
binaries will be deposited in a directory tree identical to the
installed one, rooted at <tt>&dollar;&lcub;DESTDIR&rcub;</tt>.
Some random combination of shared libraries modifications and
program rebuilds can cause this to fail in ``<tt/make world/'',
however.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>When my system boots, it says ``(bus speed defaulted)''.</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
The Adaptec 1542 SCSI host adapters allow the user to configure
their bus access speed in software. Previous versions of the
1542 driver tried to determine the fastest usable speed and set
the adapter to that. We found that this breaks some users'
Change the ``make depend all'' to ``make depend'' then ``make all'' in the kernel configuration section.
1995-07-29 18:12:50 +00:00
systems, so you now have to define the ``<tt/TUNE&lowbar;1542/'' kernel
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
configuration option in order to have this take place. Using it
on those systems where it works may make your disks run faster,
but on those systems where it doesn't, your data could be
corrupted.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Can I follow current with limited Internet access?<label id="ctm"></heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
Yes, you can do this <tt /without/ downloading the whole source tree
by using the
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
<url
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
url="http://www.freebsd.org/How/handbook/handbook/ctm.html"
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
name="CTM facility.">
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
<heading>How did you split the distribution up into 240k files?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Newer BSD based systems have a ``<tt/-b/'' option to split that
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
allows them to split files on arbitrary byte boundaries.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Here is an example from <tt>/usr/src/Makefile</tt>.
<verb>
bin-tarball:
(cd $&lcub;DISTDIR&rcub;; \
tar cf - . \
gzip --no-name -9 -c | \
split -b 240640 - \
$&lcub;RELEASEDIR&rcub;/tarballs/bindist/bin_tgz.)
</verb>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>&lt;XXX&gt; I'd like to browse the system dumps after a panic.</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I've written a kernel extension, who do I send it to?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
Please take a look at:
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
<url url="http://www.FreeBSD.ORG/How/handbook/submitters.html"
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
name="The Handbook entry on how to submit code.">
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
And thanks for the thought!
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Document the /etc/fbtab fix for X. Inspired-By: Nik Clayton <nik@blueberry.co.uk>
1996-04-30 19:07:58 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>When I run xconsole, I get ``Couldn't open console''.</heading>
<p>
If you start X with 'startx', the permissions on /dev/console will
<tt /not/ get changed, resulting in things like 'xterm -C' and
'xconsole' not working.
Document the /etc/fbtab fix for X. Inspired-By: Nik Clayton <nik@blueberry.co.uk>
1996-04-30 19:07:58 +00:00
<p>
This is because of the way console permissions are set by default.
On a multi-user system, one doesn't necessarily want just any user
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
to be able to write on the system console. For users who are logging
Document the /etc/fbtab fix for X. Inspired-By: Nik Clayton <nik@blueberry.co.uk>
1996-04-30 19:07:58 +00:00
directly onto a machine with a VTY, the <tt/fbtab(5)/ file exists
to solve such problems.
In a nutshell, make sure an uncommented line of the form
<verb>
/dev/ttyv0 0600 /dev/console
</verb>
is in <tt>/etc/fbtab</tt> and it will ensure that whomever logs
in on <tt>/dev/ttyv0</tt> will own the console.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
</sect1>
Add several entries for ISA PnP cards (from Frank Durda IV), for using the NT loader to boot, Jörg answer for slow printers and Dave Walton's answer to hang during vty switches.
1996-04-07 17:23:34 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How are Plug N Play ISA cards detected and initialised?</heading>
Add several entries for ISA PnP cards (from Frank Durda IV), for using the NT loader to boot, Jörg answer for slow printers and Dave Walton's answer to hang during vty switches.
1996-04-07 17:23:34 +00:00
<p>
By: Frank Durda IV <tt>&lt;uhclem@nemesis.lonestar.org&gt;</tt>
In a nutshell, there a few I/O ports that all of the PnP boards
respond to when the host asks if anyone is out there. So when
the PnP probe routine starts, he asks if there are any PnP boards
present, and all the PnP boards respond with their model &num; to
a I/O read of the same port, so the probe routine gets a wired-OR
``yes'' to that question. At least one bit will be on in that
reply. Then the probe code is able to cause boards with board
model IDs (assigned by Microsoft/Intel) lower than X to go
``off-line''. It then looks to see if any boards are still
responding to the query. If the answer was ``<tt/0/'', then
there are no boards with IDs above X. Now probe asks if there
are any boards below ``X''. If so, probe knows there are boards
with a model numbers below X. Probe then asks for boards greater
than X-(limit/4) to go off-line. If repeats the query. By
repeating this semi-binary search of IDs-in-range enough times,
the probing code will eventually identify all PnP boards present
in a given machine with a number of iterations that is much lower
than what 2^64 would take.
The IDs are two 32-bit fields (hence 2&circ;64) + 8 bit checksum.
The first 32 bits are a vendor identifier. They never come out
and say it, but it appears to be assumed that different types of
boards from the same vendor could have different 32-bit vendor
ids. The idea of needing 32 bits just for unique manufacturers
is a bit excessive.
The lower 32 bits are a serial &num;, ethernet address, something
that makes this one board unique. The vendor must never produce
a second board that has the same lower 32 bits unless the upper
32 bits are also different. So you can have multiple boards of
the same type in the machine and the full 64 bits will still be
unique.
The 32 bit groups can never be all zero. This allows the
wired-OR to show non-zero bits during the initial binary search.
Once the system has identified all the board IDs present, it will
reactivate each board, one at a time (via the same I/O ports),
and find out what resources the given board needs, what interrupt
choices are available, etc. A scan is made over all the boards
to collect this information.
This info is then combined with info from any ECU files on the
hard disk or wired into the MLB BIOS. The ECU and BIOS PnP
support for hardware on the MLB is usually synthetic, and the
peripherals don't really do geniune PnP. However by examining
the BIOS info plus the ECU info, the probe routines can cause the
devices that are PnP to avoid those devices the probe code cannot
relocate.
Then the PnP devices are visited once more and given their I/O,
DMA, IRQ and Memory-map address assignments. The devices will
then appear at those locations and remain there until the next
reboot, although there is nothing that says you can't move them
around whenever you want.
There is a lot of oversimplification above, but you should get
the general idea.
Microsoft took over some of the primary printer status ports to
do PnP, on the logic that no boards decoded those addresses for
the opposing I/O cycles. I found a genuine IBM printer board
that did decode writes of the status port during the early PnP
proposal review period, but MS said ``tough''. So they do a
write to the printer status port for setting addresses, plus that
use that address + <tt/0x800/, and a third I/O port for reading
that can be located anywhere between <tt/0x200/ and <tt/0x3ff/.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect>
<heading>Kernel Configuration</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I'd like to customize my kernel. Is it difficult?<label id="make-kernel"></heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
Not at all! First, you need either the complete
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tt/srcdist/ or, at the minimum, the <tt/kerndist/ loaded on your
system. This provides the necessary sources for building the
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
kernel, as, unlike most commercial UNIX vendors, we have a policy
of <bf/NOT/ shipping our kernel code in binary object form.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Shipping the source takes a bit more space, but it also means
that you can refer to the actual kernel sources in case of
difficulty or to further your understanding of what's
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<bf/really/ happening.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
Once you have the <tt/kerndist/ or <tt/srcdist/ loaded, do this:
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<enum>
<item> <tt>cd /usr/src/sys/i386/conf</tt>
<item> <tt/cp GENERIC MYKERNEL/
<item> <tt/vi MYKERNEL/
<item> <tt/config MYKERNEL/
<item> <tt>cd ../../compile/MYKERNEL</tt>
Change the ``make depend all'' to ``make depend'' then ``make all'' in the kernel configuration section.
1995-07-29 18:12:50 +00:00
<item> <tt/make depend/
<item> <tt/make all/
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<item> <tt/make install/
<item> <tt/reboot/
</enum>
Step 2 may not be necessary if you already have a kernel
Update FAQ to something a little more modern. I still need updated info on the Non-US DES sites and how-to. Please look this over and see if you catch any other errors. Thanks.
1995-06-29 14:05:41 +00:00
configuration file from a previous release of FreeBSD 2.X. -
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
simply bring your old one over and check it carefully for any
drivers that may have changed boot syntax or been rendered
obsolete.
A good kernel config file to look into is <tt/LINT/, which
contains entries for <bf/all/ possible kernel options and
documents them fairly well. The <tt/GENERIC/ kernel config file
is used to build the initial release you probably loaded (unless
you upgraded in-place) and contains entries for the most common
configurations. It's a pretty good place to start from.
If you don't need to make any changes to <tt/GENERIC/, you can
also skip step 3, where you customize the kernel for your
clarify which steps do which actions in "how to compile a kernel" doc section 8.1 Noticed by: Carol Lyn Deihl <carol@tinker.com>
1996-05-19 05:20:18 +00:00
configuration. Step 8 should only be undertaken if steps 6 and 7
succeed. This will copy the new kernel image to
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tt>/kernel</tt> and <bf/BACK UP YOUR OLD ONE IN/
<tt>/kernel.old</tt>! It's very important to remember this in
case the new kernel fails to work for some reason - you can still
select <tt>/kernel.old</tt> at the boot prompt to boot the old
one. When you reboot, the new kernel will boot by default.
clarify which steps do which actions in "how to compile a kernel" doc section 8.1 Noticed by: Carol Lyn Deihl <carol@tinker.com>
1996-05-19 05:20:18 +00:00
If the compile in step 7 falls over for some reason, then it's
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
recommended that you start from step 4 but substitute
<tt/GENERIC/ for <tt/MYKERNEL/. If you can generate a
<tt/GENERIC/ kernel, then it's likely something in your special
configuration file that's bad (or you've uncovered a bug!). If
the build of the <tt/GENERIC/ kernel does <bf/NOT/ succeed, then
it's very likely that your sources are somehow corrupted.
Finally, if you need to see your original boot messages again to
compile a new kernel that's better tailored to your hardware, try
the <tt/dmesg(8)/ command. It should print out all the boot-time
messages printed by your old kernel, some of which may be quite
helpful in configuring the new one.
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>My kernel compiles fail because <tt/&lowbar;hw&lowbar;float/ is missing.</heading>
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
Let me guess. You removed <tt/npx0/ from your kernel configuration
file because you don't have a math co-processor, right? Wrong! :-)
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
The <tt/npx0/ is <bf/MANDATORY/. Even if you don't have a
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
mathematic co-processor, you <bf/must/ include the <tt/npx0/
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
device.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Interrupt conflicts with multi-port serial code.</heading>
<p>
Q. When I compile a kernel with multi-port serial code, it tells me
that only the first port is probed and the rest skipped due to
interrupt conflicts. How do I fix this?
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
A. The problem here is that FreeBSD has code built-in to keep the
kernel from getting trashed due to hardware or software
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
conflicts. The way to fix this is to leave out the IRQ settings
on other ports besides the first. Here is a example:
<verb>
#
# Multiport high-speed serial line - 16550 UARTS
#
device sio2 at isa? port 0x2a0 tty irq 5 flags 0x501 vector siointr
device sio3 at isa? port 0x2a8 tty flags 0x501 vector siointr
device sio4 at isa? port 0x2b0 tty flags 0x501 vector siointr
device sio5 at isa? port 0x2b8 tty flags 0x501 vector siointr
</verb>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How do I enable support for QIC-40/80 drives?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
You need to uncomment the following line in the generic config
file (or add it to your config file), add a ``<tt/flags 0x1/''
on the <tt/fdc/ line and recompile.
<verb>
controller fdc0 at isa? port "IO_FD1" bio irq 6 drq 2 flags 0x1 vector fdintr
disk fd0 at fdc0 drive 0 ^^^^^^^^^
disk fd1 at fdc0 drive 1
#tape ft0 at fdc0 drive 2
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
</verb>
Next, you create a device called <tt>/dev/ft0</tt> by going into
<tt>/dev</tt> and run the following command:
<verb>
sh MAKEDEV ft0
</verb>
for the first device. <tt/ft1/ for a second one and so on.
You will have a device called <tt>/dev/ft0</tt>, which you can
write to through a special program to manage it called
``<tt/ft/'' - see the man page on <tt/ft/ for further details.
Versions previous to <tt/-current/ also had some trouble dealing
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
with bad tape media; if you have trouble where <tt/ft/ seems to
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
go back and forth over the same spot, try grabbing the latest
version of <tt/ft/ from <tt>/usr/src/sbin/ft</tt> in
<tt/-current/ and try that.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Does FreeBSD support System V IPC primitives?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Yes, FreeBSD supports System V-style IPC. This includes shared
memory, messages and semaphores. You need to add the following
lines to your kernel config to enable them.
<verb>
options SYSVSHM
options "SHMMAXPGS=64" # 256Kb of sharable memory
options SYSVSEM # enable for semaphores
options SYSVMSG # enable for messaging
</verb>
Recompile and install.
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I have 128 MB of RAM but the system only uses 64 MB.</heading>
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
<p>
Due to the manner in which FreeBSD gets the memory size from the
BIOS, it can only detect 16 bits worth of Kbytes in size (65535
Kbytes = 64MB). If you have more than 64MB, FreeBSD will only see
the first 64MB. To work around this problem, you need to use the
kernel option specified below. There is a way to get complete
memory information from the BIOS, but we don't have room in the
bootblocks to do it. Someday when lack of room in the bootblocks
is fixed, we'll use the extended BIOS functions to get the full
memory information...but for now we're stuck with the kernel
option.
<code>
options "MAXMEM=<n>"
</code>
Where <tt/n/ is your memory in Kilobytes. For a 128 MB machine,
you'd want to use <tt/131072/
Correct two bogons I introduced, it formats again.
1995-12-03 17:27:18 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>FreeBSD 2.0 panics with ``kmem_map too small!''</heading>
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<p>
<tt /Note/ The message may also be ``mb_map too small!''
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
<p>
The panic indicates that the system ran out of virtual memory for
network buffers (specifically, mbuf clusters). You can increase
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
the amount of VM available for mbuf clusters by adding:
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
<code>
options "NMBCLUSTERS=<n>"
</code>
Formatting tweak.
1996-01-28 16:59:05 +00:00
to your kernel config file, where &lt;n&gt; is a number in the
Add a few questions including where to find the 2.1.0 CD inAustralia, the fact that 2.1.0 will not install with 4 MB and a few others.
1996-01-27 15:57:07 +00:00
range 512-4096, depending on the number of concurrent TCP
connections you need to support. I'd recommend trying 2048 - this
should get rid of the panic completely. You can monitor the
number of mbuf clusters allocated/in use on the system with
<tt/netstat -m/.
<sect1>
<heading>Will FreeBSD ever support other architectures?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Several different groups have expressed interest in working on
multi-architecture support for FreeBSD. If you are interested in
doing so, please contact the developers at
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
<tt>&lt;platforms@FreeBSD.ORG&gt;</tt> for more information on our
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
strategy for porting.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I need a major number for a device driver I've written.</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
This depends on whether or not you plan on making the driver
publicly available. If you do, then please send us a copy of the
driver source code, plus the appropriate modifications to
<tt>files.i386</tt>, a sample configuration file entry, and the
appropriate <tt>MAKEDEV</tt> code to create any special files
your device uses. If you do not, or are unable to because of
licensing restrictions, then character major number 32 and block
major number 8 have been reserved specifically for this purpose;
please use them. In any case, we'd appreciate hearing about your
driver on <tt>&lt;hackers@FreeBSD.ORG&gt;</tt>.
</sect1>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect>
<heading>System Administration</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Where are the system start-up configuration files?</heading>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<p>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
As of 2.0.5R, the primary configuration file is
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<tt>/etc/sysconfig</tt>. All the options are to be specified in
this one and the other one (<tt>/etc/rc</tt> and
<tt>/etc/netstart</tt>) just include it.
Look in the <tt>/etc/sysconfig</tt> file and change the value to
match your system. This file is filled with comments to show what
to put in there.
The <tt>/etc/rc.local</tt> is here as always and is the place to
put additional services like <tt/INN/ or a <tt/http/ server.
The <tt>/etc/rc.serial</tt> is for serial port initialization
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
(e.g. locking the port characteristics, and so on.).
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
The <tt>/etc/rc.i386</tt> is for Intel-specifics setting like the
iBCS2 emulation.
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
Starting with 2.1.0R, you can have "local" startup files in a
directory specified in <tt>/etc/sysconfig</tt>:
<verb>
# Location of local startup files.
local_startup=/usr/local/etc/rc.local.d
</verb>
Each file ending in <tt/.sh/ will be executed in alphabetic
order.
If you want to have a proper order without changing all the file
names, you can use a scheme similar to the following with digits
prepended to each file name to insure order:
<verb>
10news.sh
15httpd.sh
20ssh.sh
</verb>
It can be seen as ugly (or SysV :-)) but it provides a simple and
regular scheme for locally-added packages without resorting to
magical editing of <tt>/etc/rc.local</tt>.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How do I add a user easily?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Use the <tt/adduser/ command.
There is another package called ``<tt/new-account/'' also written
in Perl by Ollivier Robert. Ask
<tt>&lt;roberto@FreeBSD.ORG&gt;</tt> about it. It is currently
under further development.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I'm having problems setting up my printer.</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
Please have a look at the Handbook entry on printing. It
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
should cover most of your problem. See the
<url
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
url="http://www.freebsd.org/How/handbook/printing.html"
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
name="Handbook entry on printing.">
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
</sect1>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>The keyboard mappings are wrong for my system.</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
The kbdcontrol program has an option to load a keyboard map file.
Under <tt>/usr/share/syscons/keymaps</tt> are a number of map
files. Choose the one relevant to your system and load it.
<verb>
kbdcontrol -l uk.iso
</verb>
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Both the <tt>/usr/share/syscons/keymaps</tt> and the <tt/.kbd/
extension are assumed by <tt/kbdcontrol(1)/.
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
This can be configured in <tt>/etc/sysconfig</tt>. See the
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
appropriate comments in this file.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Add a few questions, especiallyuy two answered by Jordan in Usenet. Change one to a better form. Add a mention about quotas.
1995-11-20 22:51:01 +00:00
In 2.0.5R and later, everything related to text fonts, keyboard
mapping is in <tt>/usr/share/examples/syscons</tt>.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
The following mappings are currently supported:
<itemize>
<item>Danish (both ISO and cp865),
<item>French (ISO only),
<item>German (both ISO and cp850),
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
<item>Russian,
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<item>Swedish (both ISO and cp850),
<item>U.K. (both ISO and cp850),
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
<item>Spain,
<item>U.S.A. (ISO only),
<item>Dvorak US.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
</itemize>
</sect1>
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>``CMAP busy panic'' when rebooting with a new kernel.</heading>
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
<p>
The logic that attempts to detect an out of data
<tt>/var/db/kvm_*.db</tt> files sometimes fails and using a
mismatched file can sometimes lead to panics.
If this happens, reboot single-user and do:
<verb>
rm /var/db/kvm_*.db
</verb>
Add a few questions, especiallyuy two answered by Jordan in Usenet. Change one to a better form. Add a mention about quotas.
1995-11-20 22:51:01 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I can't get user quotas to work properly.</heading>
Add a few questions, especiallyuy two answered by Jordan in Usenet. Change one to a better form. Add a mention about quotas.
1995-11-20 22:51:01 +00:00
<p>
<enum>
<item>Don't turn on quotas on '/',
<item>Put the quota file on the file system that the quotas are
to be enforced on. ie:
<verb>
FS QUOTA FILE
/usr /usr/admin/quotas
/home /home/admin/quotas
...
</verb>
</enum>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect>
<heading>Networking</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Where can I get information on ``diskless booting''?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
``Diskless booting'' means that the FreeBSD box is booted over a
network, and reads the necessary files from a server instead of
its hard disk. For full details, please read
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
<url url="http://www.FreeBSD.ORG/How/handbook/diskless.html"
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
name="the Handbook entry on diskless booting">
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Can a FreeBSD box be used as a dedicated network router?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Internet standards and good engineering practice prohibit us from
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
providing packet forwarding by default in FreeBSD. You can
however enable this feature by changing the following variable to
<tt/YES/ in <tt>/etc/sysconfig</tt>:
<verb>
# If you want this host to be a gateway, set to YES.
gateway=YES
</verb>
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
This option will put the <tt/sysctl/ variable
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
<tt/net.inet.ip.forwarding/ to <tt/1/.
In most cases, you will also need to run a routing process to
tell other systems on your network about your router; FreeBSD
comes with the standard BSD routing daemon <tt/routed(8)/, or for
more complex situations you may want to try <em/GaTeD/ (available
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
by FTP from <tt/ftp.gated.Merit.EDU/) which supports FreeBSD as
of 3_5Alpha7.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
It is our duty to warn you that, even when FreeBSD is configured
in this way, it does not completely comply with the Internet
standard requirements for routers; however, it comes close enough
for ordinary usage.
Add an entry dealing with connecting Win95 to the Internet via a FreeBSD box (this may save a few marriages!)
1996-07-28 22:46:27 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>Can I connect my Win95 box to the Internet via FreeBSD?</heading>
<p>
Typically, people who ask this question have two PC's at home, one
with FreeBSD and one with Win95; the idea is to use the FreeBSD
box to connect to the Internet and then be able to access the
Internet from the Windows95 box through the FreeBSD box. This
is really just a special case of the previous question.
There's a useful document available which explains how to set
FreeBSD up as a <url url="http://www.ssimicro.com/~jeremy/ppp.html"
name="PPP Dialup Router">
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>Does FreeBSD support SLIP and PPP?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Yes. See the man pages for <tt/slattach(8)/ and/or <tt/pppd(8)/
if you're using FreeBSD to connect to another site. If you're
using FreeBSD as a server for other machines, look at the man
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
page for <tt/sliplogin(8)/.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
You can also have a look at the SLIP/PPP/Use PPP sections of the
handbook in <tt>/usr/share/doc/handbook</tt> or use the following
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
links:
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
<url url="http://www.FreeBSD.ORG/How/handbook/slips.html"
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
name="Handbook entry on SLIP (server side)">
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
<url url="http://www.FreeBSD.ORG/How/handbook/slipc.html"
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
name="Handbook entry on SLIP (client side)">
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
<url url="http://www.FreeBSD.ORG/How/handbook/ppp.html"
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
name="Handbook entry on PPP (kernel version)">
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
<url url="http://www.FreeBSD.ORG/How/handbook/userppp.html"
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
name="Handbook entry on SLIP (user-mode version)">
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
Lets see... Cruft removed (small amounts) Added entry about IJPPP pred1 and some sites. Changed entry on commiters to read "All CVS commits" instead of current commits
1996-02-12 15:15:01 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I can connect with IJPPP but it doesn't work right!</heading>
Lets see... Cruft removed (small amounts) Added entry about IJPPP pred1 and some sites. Changed entry on commiters to read "All CVS commits" instead of current commits
1996-02-12 15:15:01 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
A possible cause for this is IJPPPs' use of predictor1
Lets see... Cruft removed (small amounts) Added entry about IJPPP pred1 and some sites. Changed entry on commiters to read "All CVS commits" instead of current commits
1996-02-12 15:15:01 +00:00
compression. One way of determining if you have this problem
is to look at your log and if you have protocol errors then this is
most likely it.
These can be shut off with:
<verb>
deny pred1
disable pred1
</verb>
Use these two before you dial out and it should work.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I can't create a <tt>/dev/ed0</tt> device!</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
In the Berkeley networking framework, network interfaces are only
directly accessible by kernel code. Please see the
<tt>/etc/netstart</tt> file and the manual pages for the various
network programs mentioned there for more information. If this
leaves you totally confused, then you should pick up a book
describing network administration on another BSD-related
operating system; with few significant exceptions, administering
networking on FreeBSD is basically the same as on SunOS 4.0 or
Ultrix.
Add a few questions, especiallyuy two answered by Jordan in Usenet. Change one to a better form. Add a mention about quotas.
1995-11-20 22:51:01 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How can I setup Ethernet aliases?</heading>
Add a few questions, especiallyuy two answered by Jordan in Usenet. Change one to a better form. Add a mention about quotas.
1995-11-20 22:51:01 +00:00
<p>
Add ``<tt/netmask 0xffffffff/'' to your <tt/ifconfig/
command-line like the following:
<verb>
ifconfig ed0 alias 204.141.95.2 netmask 0xffffffff
</verb>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>How do I get my 3C503 to use the other network port?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
If you want to use the other ports, you'll have to specify an
additional parameter on the <tt/ifconfig(1)/ command line. The
default port is ``<tt/link0/''. To use the AUI port instead of
the BNC one, use ``<tt/link2/''.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I'm having problems with NFS to/from FreeBSD.</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Certain PC network cards are better than others (to put it
mildly) and can sometimes cause problems with network intensive
applications like NFS.
Update FAQ to something a little more modern. I still need updated info on the Non-US DES sites and how-to. Please look this over and see if you catch any other errors. Thanks.
1995-06-29 14:05:41 +00:00
See
Add several questions to the FAQ. Chnge references to the *.FAQ files into URL for the Handbook. Synch. with 2.1.0R releases notes.
1995-11-20 22:32:13 +00:00
<url
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
url="http://www.freebsd.org/How/handbook/nfs.html"
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
name="the Handbook entry on NFS">
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
Update FAQ to something a little more modern. I still need updated info on the Non-US DES sites and how-to. Please look this over and see if you catch any other errors. Thanks.
1995-06-29 14:05:41 +00:00
for more information on
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
this topic.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>Why can't I NFS-mount from a Linux box?</heading>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<p>
Some versions of the Linux NFS code only accept mount requests
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
from a privileged port; try
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<verb>
mount -o -P linuxbox:/blah /mnt
</verb>
Added Conetic Software Systems to commercial area Added entry on NFS mounting SunOS drives (Just like the Linux entry above it) Added entry on use of cu to do AT commands Still to be added: KTRACE entry
1995-09-19 10:58:43 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>Why can't I NFS-mount from a Sun box?</heading>
<p>
Sun workstations running SunOS 4.X only accept mount requests
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
from a privileged port; try
Added Conetic Software Systems to commercial area Added entry on NFS mounting SunOS drives (Just like the Linux entry above it) Added entry on use of cu to do AT commands Still to be added: KTRACE entry
1995-09-19 10:58:43 +00:00
<verb>
Change the machine name for the mount example for sunos to sunbox instead of linuxbox to not confuse people.
1995-09-21 09:29:06 +00:00
mount -o -P sunbox:/blah /mnt
Added Conetic Software Systems to commercial area Added entry on NFS mounting SunOS drives (Just like the Linux entry above it) Added entry on use of cu to do AT commands Still to be added: KTRACE entry
1995-09-19 10:58:43 +00:00
</verb>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<sect1><heading>I'm having problems talking PPP to NeXTStep machines.</heading>
Update the FAQ. Is there anyone who could give me an account on a faster-than-20-bytes-per second line to the US (not EBONE) ? I'm having too many problems connecting to freefall to do commits... It would be better if it could be a ssh-protected account, that would give a strong authentication. The RENATER line (and thus EBONE) is almost dead for remote login after 10AM european time... :-( Thanks in advance.
1995-11-13 08:24:59 +00:00
<p>
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
Try disabling the TCP extensions in <tt>/etc/sysconfig</tt> by
Update the FAQ. Is there anyone who could give me an account on a faster-than-20-bytes-per second line to the US (not EBONE) ? I'm having too many problems connecting to freefall to do commits... It would be better if it could be a ssh-protected account, that would give a strong authentication. The RENATER line (and thus EBONE) is almost dead for remote login after 10AM european time... :-( Thanks in advance.
1995-11-13 08:24:59 +00:00
changing the following variable to NO:
<verb>
tcp_extensions=NO
</verb>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
Add several entries for ISA PnP cards (from Frank Durda IV), for using the NT loader to boot, Jörg answer for slow printers and Dave Walton's answer to hang during vty switches.
1996-04-07 17:23:34 +00:00
Xylogic's Annex boxes are also broken in this regard and you must
use the above change to connect thru them.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How do I enable IP multicast support?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Multicast host operations are fully supported in FreeBSD 2.0 by
default. If you want your box to run as a multicast router, you
will need to load the <tt/ip_mroute_mod/ loadable kernel module
and run <tt/mrouted/.
For more information:
<verb>
Product Description Where
--------------- ----------------------- ---------------------------------------
faq.txt Mbone FAQ ftp.isi.edu:/mbone/faq.txt
imm/immserv IMage Multicast ftp.hawaii.edu:/paccom/imm.src.tar.Z
for jpg/gif images.
nv Network Video. ftp.parc.xerox.com:
/pub/net-reseach/exp/nv3.3alpha.tar.Z
vat LBL Visual Audio Tool. ftp.ee.lbl.gov:
/conferencing/vat/i386-vat.tar.Z
wb LBL White Board. ftp.ee.lbl.gov:
/conferencing/wb/i386-wb.tar.Z
mmcc MultiMedia Conference ftp.isi.edu:
Control program /confctrl/mmcc/mmcc-intel.tar.Z
rtpqual Tools for testing the ftp.psc.edu:/pub/net_tools/rtpqual.c
quality of RTP packets.
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
vat_nv_record Recording tools for vat ftp.sics.se:archive/vat_nv_record.tar.Z
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
and nv.
</verb>
</sect1>
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Which network cards are based on the DEC PCI chipset?</heading>
Add several questions including the MAXMEM kernel option, the DEC PCI card list and the npx0 being mandatory. Rewrite of the URL for the handbook to use the links instead of the ever changing numbers generated by sgmlfmt.
1995-12-03 17:21:07 +00:00
<p>
Here is a list compiled by Glen Foster
<tt/&lt;gfoster@driver.nsta.org&gt;/:
<code>
Vendor Model
- --------------------------------------------------------
ASUS PCI-L101-TB
Accton ENI1203
Cogent EM960PCI
Compex ENET32-PCI
D-Link DE-530
DEC DE435
Danpex EN-9400P3
JCIS Condor JC1260
Linksys EtherPCI
Mylex LNP101
SMC EtherPower 10/100 (Model 9332)
SMC EtherPower (Model 8432)
TopWare TE-3500P
Zynx ZX342
</code>
Add a note about the RFC-1535 compliant behaviour of the recent BIND version that's now shipping with FreeBSD. Pointed-out by: Holm Tiffe <holm@geophysik.tu-freiberg.de>
1996-02-22 23:34:13 +00:00
</sect1>
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Why do I have to use the FQDN for hosts on my site?</heading>
Add a note about the RFC-1535 compliant behaviour of the recent BIND version that's now shipping with FreeBSD. Pointed-out by: Holm Tiffe <holm@geophysik.tu-freiberg.de>
1996-02-22 23:34:13 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
You will probably find that the host is actually in a different
domain; for example, if you are in foo.bar.edu and you wish to reach
a host called ``mumble'' in the bar.edu domain, you will have to
refer to it by the fully-qualified domain name, ``mumble.bar.edu'',
instead of just ``mumble''.
<p>
Traditionally, this was allowed by BSD BIND resolvers. However
the current version of <em>BIND</em> that ships with FreeBSD
Correct my English misgrammaring. Submitted by: jhs
1996-07-06 14:39:56 +00:00
no longer provides default abbreviations for non-fully
Add a note about the RFC-1535 compliant behaviour of the recent BIND version that's now shipping with FreeBSD. Pointed-out by: Holm Tiffe <holm@geophysik.tu-freiberg.de>
1996-02-22 23:34:13 +00:00
qualified domain names other than the domain you are in.
So an unqualified host <tt>mumble</tt> must either be found
as <tt>mumble.foo.bar.edu</tt>, or it will be searched for
in the root domain.
<p>
This is different from the previous behaviour, where the
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
search continued across <tt>mumble.bar.edu</tt>, and
Add a note about the RFC-1535 compliant behaviour of the recent BIND version that's now shipping with FreeBSD. Pointed-out by: Holm Tiffe <holm@geophysik.tu-freiberg.de>
1996-02-22 23:34:13 +00:00
<tt>mumble.edu</tt>. Have a look at RFC 1535 for why this
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
was considered bad practice, or even a security hole.
Add a note about the RFC-1535 compliant behaviour of the recent BIND version that's now shipping with FreeBSD. Pointed-out by: Holm Tiffe <holm@geophysik.tu-freiberg.de>
1996-02-22 23:34:13 +00:00
<p>
As a good workaround, you can place the line
<p><tt>
search foo.bar.edu bar.edu
</tt><p>
instead of the previous
<p><tt>
domain foo.bar.edu
</tt><p>
into your <tt>/etc/resolv.conf</tt>. However, make sure
that the search order does not go beyond the ``boundary
between local and public administration'', as RFC 1535
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
calls it.
Add a note about the RFC-1535 compliant behaviour of the recent BIND version that's now shipping with FreeBSD. Pointed-out by: Holm Tiffe <holm@geophysik.tu-freiberg.de>
1996-02-22 23:34:13 +00:00
</sect1>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Added an entry for ``mail loops back to myself''. Suggested by: Gary Palmer
1996-07-10 17:09:20 +00:00
<sect1><heading>Sendmail says ``mail loops back to myself''</heading>
<p>
This is answered in the sendmail FAQ as follows:-
<verb>
* I'm getting "Local configuration error" messages, such as:
553 relay.domain.net config error: mail loops back to myself
554 <user@domain.net>... Local configuration error
How can I solve this problem?
You have asked mail to the domain (e.g., domain.net) to be
forwarded to a specific host (in this case, relay.domain.net)
by using an MX record, but the relay machine doesn't recognize
itself as domain.net. Add domain.net to /etc/sendmail.cw
(if you are using FEATURE(use_cw_file)) or add "Cw domain.net"
to /etc/sendmail.cf.
</verb>
<p>
The sendmail FAQ is in <tt>/usr/src/usr.sbin/sendmail</tt>
and is recommended reading if you want to do any
``tweaking'' of your mail setup.
Add a description of how to setup sendmail for use with UUCP. Ideally, this should go into the ``mail'' section of the handbook, but i don't have the time to write all of this right now, so i've put it into the FAQ.
1996-03-05 23:48:02 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How do I use sendmail for mail delivery with UUCP?</heading>
Add a description of how to setup sendmail for use with UUCP. Ideally, this should go into the ``mail'' section of the handbook, but i don't have the time to write all of this right now, so i've put it into the FAQ.
1996-03-05 23:48:02 +00:00
<p>
The sendmail configuration that ships with FreeBSD is
suited for sites that connect directly to the Internet.
Sites that wish to exchange their mail via UUCP must install
another sendmail configuration file.
<p>
Tweaking <tt>/etc/sendmail.cf</tt> manually is considered
something for purists. Sendmail version 8 comes with a
new approach of generating config files via some <tt>m4</tt>
preprocessing, where the actual hand-crafted configuration
is on a higher abstraction level. You should use the
configuration files under
<verb>
/usr/src/usr.sbin/sendmail/cf
</verb>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
If you didn't install your system with full sources,
the sendmail config stuff has been
Add a description of how to setup sendmail for use with UUCP. Ideally, this should go into the ``mail'' section of the handbook, but i don't have the time to write all of this right now, so i've put it into the FAQ.
1996-03-05 23:48:02 +00:00
broken out into a separate source distribution tarball just
for you. Assuming you've got your CD-ROM mounted, do:
<verb>
cd /usr/src
tar -xvzf /cdrom/dists/src/ssmailcf.aa
</verb>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
Don't panic, this is only a few hundred kilobytes in size.
Add a description of how to setup sendmail for use with UUCP. Ideally, this should go into the ``mail'' section of the handbook, but i don't have the time to write all of this right now, so i've put it into the FAQ.
1996-03-05 23:48:02 +00:00
The file <tt>README</tt> in the <tt>cf</tt> directory can
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
serve as a basic introduction to m4 configuration.
Add a description of how to setup sendmail for use with UUCP. Ideally, this should go into the ``mail'' section of the handbook, but i don't have the time to write all of this right now, so i've put it into the FAQ.
1996-03-05 23:48:02 +00:00
<p>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
For UUCP delivery, you are best advised to use the
Add a description of how to setup sendmail for use with UUCP. Ideally, this should go into the ``mail'' section of the handbook, but i don't have the time to write all of this right now, so i've put it into the FAQ.
1996-03-05 23:48:02 +00:00
<em>mailertable</em> feature. This constitutes a database
that sendmail can use to base its routing decision upon.
<p>
First, you have to create your <tt>.mc</tt> file. The
directory <tt>/usr/src/usr.sbin/sendmail/cf/cf</tt> is the
home of these files. Look around, there are already a few
examples. Assuming you have named your file <tt>foo.mc</tt>,
all you need to do in order to convert it into a valid
<tt>sendmail.cf</tt> is:
<verb>
cd /usr/src/usr.sbin/sendmail/cf/cf
make foo.cf
cp foo.cf /etc/sendmail.cf
</verb>
A typical <tt>.mc</tt> file might look like:
<verb>
include(`../m4/cf.m4')
VERSIONID(`Your version number')
OSTYPE(bsd4.4)
FEATURE(nodns)
FEATURE(nocanonify)
FEATURE(mailertable)
define(`UUCP_RELAY', your.uucp.relay)
define(`UUCP_MAX_SIZE', 200000)
MAILER(local)
MAILER(smtp)
MAILER(uucp)
Cw your.alias.host.name
Cw youruucpnodename.UUCP
</verb>
The <em>nodns</em> and <em>nocanonify</em> features will
prevent any usage of the DNS during mail delivery. The
<em>UUCP_RELAY</em> clause is needed for bizarre reasons,
don't ask. Simply put an Internet hostname there that
is able to handle .UUCP pseudo-domain addresses; most likely,
you will enter the mail relay of your ISP there.
<p>
Once you've got this, you need this file called
<tt>/etc/mailertable</tt>. A typical example of this
gender again:
<verb>
#
# makemap hash /etc/mailertable.db < /etc/mailertable
#
horus.interface-business.de uucp-dom:horus
.interface-business.de uucp-dom:if-bus
interface-business.de uucp-dom:if-bus
.heep.sax.de smtp8:%1
horus.UUCP uucp-dom:horus
if-bus.UUCP uucp-dom:if-bus
. uucp-dom:sax
</verb>
As you can see, this is part of a real-life file. The first
three lines handle special cases where domain-addressed mail
should not be sent out to the default route, but instead to
some UUCP neighbour in order to ``shortcut'' the delivery
path. The next line handles mail to the local Ethernet
domain that can be delivered using SMTP. Finally, the UUCP
neighbours are mentioned in the .UUCP pseudo-domain notation,
to allow for a ``uucp-neighbour!recipient'' override of the
default rules. The last line is always a single dot, matching
everything else, with UUCP delivery to a UUCP neighbour that
serves as your universal mail gateway to the world. All of
the node names behind the <tt>uucp-dom:</tt> keyword must
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
be valid UUCP neighbours, as you can verify using the
Add a description of how to setup sendmail for use with UUCP. Ideally, this should go into the ``mail'' section of the handbook, but i don't have the time to write all of this right now, so i've put it into the FAQ.
1996-03-05 23:48:02 +00:00
command <tt>uuname</tt>.
<p>
As a reminder that this file needs to be converted into a
DBM database file before being usable, the command line to
accomplish this is best placed as a comment at the top of
the mailertable. You always have to execute this command
each time you change your mailertable.
<p>
Final hint: if you are uncertain whether some particular
mail routing would work, remember the <tt>-bt</tt> option to
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
sendmail. It starts sendmail in <em>address test mode</em>;
Add a description of how to setup sendmail for use with UUCP. Ideally, this should go into the ``mail'' section of the handbook, but i don't have the time to write all of this right now, so i've put it into the FAQ.
1996-03-05 23:48:02 +00:00
simply enter ``0 '', followed by the address you wish to
test for the mail routing. The last line tells you the used
internal mail agent, the destination host this agent will be
called with, and the (possibly translated) address. Leave
this mode by typing Control-D.
<verb>
j@uriah 191% sendmail -bt
ADDRESS TEST MODE (ruleset 3 NOT automatically invoked)
Enter <ruleset> <address>
> 0 foo@interface-business.de
rewrite: ruleset 0 input: foo @ interface-business . de
...
rewrite: ruleset 0 returns: $# uucp-dom $@ if-bus $: foo \
< @ interface-business . de >
> ^D
j@uriah 192%
</verb>
</sect1>
Add an entry explaining the ``Permission denied'' message associated with enabling IPFIREWALL.
1996-07-07 22:09:24 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>``Permission denied'' for all networking operations.</heading>
Add an entry explaining the ``Permission denied'' message associated with enabling IPFIREWALL.
1996-07-07 22:09:24 +00:00
<p>
If you have compiled your kernel with the <tt/IPFIREWALL/
option, you need to be aware that the default policy as of
2.1.5R (this actually changed during 2.1-STABLE development)
is to deny all packets that are not explicitly allowed.
<p>
If you had unintentionally misconfigured your system for
firewalling, you can restore network operability by typing
the following while logged in as root:
<verb>
ipfw add 65534 allow all from any to any
</verb>
For further information on configuring a FreeBSD firewall,
see the <url url="http://www.freebsd.org/handbook/handbook.html" name="FreeBSD Handbook.">
</sect1>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect>
<heading>Serial Communications</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
This section answers common questions about serial communications
with FreeBSD.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How do I tell if FreeBSD found my serial ports?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
As the FreeBSD kernel boots, it will probe for the serial ports
in your system for which the kernel was configured. You can
either watch your system closely for the messages it prints or
run the command
<verb>
dmesg | grep sio
</verb>
after your system's up and running.
Here's some example output from the above command:
<verb>
sio0 at 0x3f8-0x3ff irq 4 on isa
sio0: type 16550A
sio1 at 0x2f8-0x2ff irq 3 on isa
sio1: type 16550A
</verb>
This shows two serial ports. The first is on irq 4, is using
port address <tt/0x3f8/, and has a 16550A-type UART chip. The
second uses the same kind of chip but is on irq 3 and is at port
address <tt/0x2f8/. Internal modem cards are treated just like
serial ports---except that they always have a modem ``attached''
to the port.
The <tt/GENERIC/ kernel includes support for two serial ports
using the same irq and port address settings in the above
example. If these settings aren't right for your system, or if
you've added modem cards or have more serial ports than your
kernel is configured for, just reconfigure your kernel. See
section <ref id="make-kernel" name="about building a kernel"> for
more details.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How do I tell if FreeBSD found my modem cards?</heading>
<p>
Please refer to the answer to the previous question.
<sect1>
<heading>I just upgraded to 2.0.5 and my <tt/tty0X/ are missing!</heading>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
Don't worry, they have been merged with the <tt/ttydX/ devices.
You'll have to change any old configuration files you have, though.
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How do I access the serial ports on FreeBSD?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
The third serial port, <tt/sio2/ (known as COM3 in DOS), is on
<tt>/dev/cuaa2</tt> for dial-out devices, and on
<tt>/dev/ttyd2</tt> for dial-in devices. What's the difference
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
between these two classes of devices?
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
You use <tt/ttydX/ for dial-ins. When opening
<tt>/dev/ttydX</tt> in blocking mode, a process will wait for the
corresponding <tt/cuaaX/ device to become inactive, and then wait
for the carrier detect line to go active. When you open the
<tt/cuaaX/ device, it makes sure the serial port isn't already in
use by the <tt/ttydX/ device. If the port's available, it
``steals'' it from the <tt/ttydX/ device. Also, the <tt/cuaXX/
device doesn't care about carrier detect. With this scheme and
an auto-answer modem, you can have remote users log in and you
can still dialout with the same modem and the system will take
care of all the conflicts.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How do I enable support for a multiport serial card?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Again, the section on kernel configuration provides information
about configuring your kernel. For a multiport serial card,
place an <tt/sio/ line for each serial port on the card in the
kernel configuration file. But place the irq and vector
specifiers on only one of the entries. All of the ports on the
card should share one irq. For consistency, use the last serial
port to specify the irq. Also, specify the
<tt/COM&lowbar;MULTIPORT/ option.
The following example is for an AST 4-port serial card on irq 7:
<verb>
options "COM_MULTIPORT"
device sio4 at isa? port 0x2a0 tty flags 0x781
device sio5 at isa? port 0x2a8 tty flags 0x781
device sio6 at isa? port 0x2b0 tty flags 0x781
device sio7 at isa? port 0x2b8 tty flags 0x781 irq 7 vector siointr
</verb>
The flags indicate that the master port has minor number 7
(<tt/0x700/), diagnostics enabled during probe (<tt/0x080/), and
all the ports share an irq (<tt/0x001/).
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Can FreeBSD handle multiport serial cards sharing irqs?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Not yet. You'll have to use a different irq for each card.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How can I set the default serial parameters for a port?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
The <tt/ttydX/ (or <tt/cuaaX/) device is the regular device
you'll want to open for your applications. When a process opens
the device, it'll have a default set of terminal I/O settings.
You can see these settings with the command
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<verb>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
stty -a -f /dev/ttyd1
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
</verb>
When you change the settings to this device, the settings are in
effect until the device is closed. When it's reopened, it goes
back to the default set. To make changes to the default set, you
can open and adjust the settings of the ``initial state'' device.
For example, to turn on <tt/CLOCAL/ mode, 8 bits, and
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<tt>XON/XOFF</tt> flow control by default for ttyd5, do:
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<verb>
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
stty -f /dev/ttyid5 clocal cs8 ixon ixoff
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
</verb>
A good place to do this is in <tt>/etc/rc.serial</tt>. Now, an
application will have these settings by default when it opens
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
<tt/ttyd5/. It can still change these settings to its liking,
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
though.
You can also prevent certain settings from being changed by an
application by making adjustments to the ``lock state'' device.
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
For example, to lock the speed of <tt/ttyd5/ to 57600 bps, do
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<verb>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
stty -f /dev/ttyld5 57600
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
</verb>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
Now, an application that opens <tt/ttyd5/ and tries to change the
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
speed of the port will be stuck with 57600 bps.
Naturally, you should make the initial state and lock state
devices writable only by <tt/root/. The <tt/MAKEDEV/ script does
<bf/NOT/ do this when it creates the device entries.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>How can I enable dialup logins on my modem?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
So you want to become an Internet service provider, eh? First,
Some more spelling fixes.
1996-01-31 14:26:20 +00:00
you'll need one or more modems that can auto-answer. Your modem
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
will need to assert carrier-detect when it detects a carrier and
not assert it all the time. It will need to hang up the phone
and reset itself when the data terminal ready (<tt/DTR/) line
goes from on to off. It should probably use <tt>RTS/CTS</tt>
flow control or no local flow control at all. Finally, it must
use a constant speed between the computer and itself, but (to be
nice to your callers) it should negotiate a speed between itself
and the remote modem.
For many Hayes command-set--compatible modems, this command will
make these settings and store them in nonvolatile memory:
<verb>
AT &ero;C1 &ero;D3 &ero;K3 &ero;Q6 S0=1 &ero;W
</verb>
See the section <ref id="direct-at" name="on sending AT
commands"> below for information on how to make these settings
without resorting to an MS-DOS terminal program.
Next, make an entry in <tt>/etc/ttys</tt> for the modem. This
file lists all the ports on which the operating system will await
logins. Add a line that looks something like this:
<verb>
ttyd1 "/usr/libexec/getty std.57600" dialup on insecure
</verb>
This line indicates that the second serial port
(<tt>/dev/ttyd1</tt>) has a modem connected running at 57600 bps
and no parity (<tt/std.57600/, which comes from the file
<tt>/etc/gettytab</tt>). The terminal type for this port is
``dialup.'' The port is ``on'' and is ``insecure''---meaning
root logins on the port aren't allowed. For dialin ports like
this one, use the <tt/ttydX/ entry.
It's common practice to use ``dialup'' as the terminal type.
Many users set up in their .profile or .login files a prompt for
the actual terminal type if the starting type is dialup. The
example shows the port as insecure. To become root on this port,
you have to login as a regular user, then ``<tt/su/'' to
<tt/root/. If you use ``secure'' then <tt/root/ can login in
directly.
After making modifications to <tt>/etc/ttys</tt>, you need to
send a hangup or <tt/HUP/ signal to the <tt/init/ process:
<verb>
kill -1 1
</verb>
This forces the init process to reread <tt>/etc/ttys</tt>. The
init process will then start getty processes on all ``on'' ports.
You can find out if logins are available for your port by typing
<verb>
ps -ax | grep '[t]tyd1'
</verb>
You should see something like:
<verb>
747 ?? I 0:00.04 /usr/libexec/getty std.57600 ttyd1
</verb>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How can I connect a dumb terminal to my FreeBSD box?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
If you're using another computer as a terminal into your FreeBSD
system, get a null modem cable to go between the two serial
ports. If you're using an actual terminal, see its accompanying
instructions.
Then, modify <tt>/etc/ttys</tt>, like above. For example, if
you're hooking up a WYSE-50 terminal to the fifth serial port,
use an entry like this:
<verb>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
ttyd4 "/usr/libexec/getty std.38400" wyse50 on secure
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
</verb>
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
This example shows that the port on <tt>/dev/ttyd4</tt> has a
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
wyse50 terminal connected at 38400 bps with no parity
(<tt/std.38400/ from <tt>/etc/gettytab</tt>) and <tt/root/ logins
Add the DOS install tips from the install notes. Add a section on /etc/sysconfig and the new configuration scheme Corrections from Brad Midgley and David O'Brien (from the lists). Formatting changes for the ASCII version. Change about Motif from SWiM to Lasermoon. The FreeBSD goal section needs more meat, Jordan :-)
1995-08-12 18:22:34 +00:00
are allowed (secure).
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>Why can't I run <tt/tip/ or <tt/cu/?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
On your system, the programs <tt/tip/ and <tt/cu/ are probably
executable only by <tt/uucp/ and group <tt/dialer/. You can use
the group <tt/dialer/ to control who has access to your modem or
remote systems. Just add yourself to group dialer.
Alternatively, you can let everyone on your system run <tt/tip/
and <tt/cu/ by typing:
<verb>
chmod 4511 /usr/bin/tip
</verb>
You don't have to run this command for <tt/cu/, since <tt/cu/ is
just a hard link to <tt/tip/.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>My stock Hayes modem isn't supported---what can I do?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Actually, the man page for <tt/tip/ is out of date. There is a
generic Hayes dialer already built in. Just use
``<tt/at=hayes/'' in your <tt>/etc/remote</tt> file.
The Hayes driver isn't smart enough to recognize some of the
advanced features of newer modems---messages like <tt/BUSY/,
<tt/NO DIALTONE/, or <tt/CONNECT 115200/ will just confuse it.
You should turn those messages off when you use <tt/tip/ (using
<tt/ATX0&amp;W/).
Also, the dial timeout for <tt/tip/ is 60 seconds. Your modem
should use something less, or else tip will think there's a
communication problem. Try <tt/ATS7=45&amp;W/.
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
Actually, as shipped <tt/tip/ doesn't yet support it fully. The
Corected a few typo which resulted in strange resulon results. Add URL pointing to the Handbook. Changed a few entries to mention /etc/sysconfig. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1995-07-30 01:44:51 +00:00
solution is to edit the file <tt/tipconf.h/ in the directory
Major overhaul of the FAQ. I've added several contributions specially from Darryl Okahata. I've rewritten several URL to the proper <url url="" name=""> tag. There is still room for improvement but it should be closer to 2.0.5R now. I'll try to be faster for future updates... Obtained from: Mail messages from the lists.
1995-07-29 18:09:19 +00:00
<tt>/usr/src/usr.bin/tip/tip</tt> Obviously you need the source
distribution to do this.
Edit the line ``<tt/#define HAYES 0/'' to ``<tt/#define HAYES
1/''. Then ``<tt/make/'' and ``<tt/make install/''. Everything
works nicely after that.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>How am I expected to enter these AT commands?<label id="direct-at"></heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Make what's called a ``<tt/direct/'' entry in your
<tt>/etc/remote</tt> file. For example, if your modem's hooked
up to the first serial port, <tt>/dev/cuaa0</tt>, then put in the
following line:
<verb>
cuaa0:dv=/dev/cuaa0:br#19200:pa=none
</verb>
Use the highest bps rate your modem supports in the br
capability. Then, type ``<tt/tip cuaa0/'' and you'll be
connected to your modem.
If there is no <tt>/dev/cuaa0</tt> on your system, do this:
<verb>
cd /dev
MAKEDEV cuaa0
</verb>
Added Conetic Software Systems to commercial area Added entry on NFS mounting SunOS drives (Just like the Linux entry above it) Added entry on use of cu to do AT commands Still to be added: KTRACE entry
1995-09-19 10:58:43 +00:00
<p>
Or use cu as root with the following command:
<verb>
cu -l``line'' -s``speed''
</verb>
with line being the serial port (e.g.<tt>/dev/cuaa0</tt>)
and speed being the speed (e.g.<tt>57600</tt>).
When you done entering the AT commands hit <tt>~.</tt> to exit.
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>The <tt/@/ sign for the pn capability doesn't work!</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
The <tt/@/ sign in the phone number capability tells tip to look in
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tt>/etc/phones</tt> for a phone number. But the <tt/@/ sign is
also a special character in capability files like
<tt>/etc/remote</tt>. Escape it with a backslash:
<verb>
pn=\@
</verb>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>How can I dial a phone number on the command line?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Put what's called a ``<tt/generic/'' entry in your
<tt>/etc/remote</tt> file. For example:
<verb>
tip115200|Dial any phone number at 115200 bps:\
:dv=/dev/cuaa0:br#115200:at=hayes:pa=none:du:
tip57600|Dial any phone number at 57600 bps:\
:dv=/dev/cuaa0:br#57600:at=hayes:pa=none:du:
</verb>
Then you can things like ``<tt/tip -115200 5551234/''. If you
prefer <tt/cu/ over <tt/tip/, use a generic cu entry:
<verb>
cu115200|Use cu to dial any number at 115200bps:\
:dv=/dev/cuaa1:br#57600:at=hayes:pa=none:du:
</verb>
and type ``<tt/cu 5551234 -s 115200/''.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Do I have to type in the bps rate every time I do that?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Put in an entry for <tt/tip1200/ or <tt/cu1200/, but go ahead and
use whatever bps rate is appropriate with the br
capability. <tt/tip/ thinks a good default is 1200 bps which is
why it looks for a ``<tt/tip1200/'' entry. You don't have to use
1200 bps, though.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>I access a number of hosts through a terminal server.</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
Rather than waiting until you're connected and typing
``<tt/CONNECT &lt;host&gt;/'' each time, use tip's <tt/cm/
capability. For example, these entries in
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tt>/etc/remote</tt>:
<verb>
pain|pain.deep13.com|Forrester's machine:\
:cm=CONNECT pain\n:tc=deep13:
muffin|muffin.deep13.com|Frank's machine:\
:cm=CONNECT muffin\n:tc=deep13:
deep13:Gizmonics Institute terminal server:\
:dv=/dev/cua02:br#38400:at=hayes:du:pa=none:pn=5551234:
</verb>
will let you type ``<tt/tip pain/'' or ``<tt/tip muffin/'' to
connect to the hosts pain or muffin; and ``<tt/tip deep13/'' to
get to the terminal server.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Can tip try more than one line for each site?</heading>
<p>
This is often a problem where a university has several modem lines
and several thousand students trying to use them...
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
Make an entry for your university in <tt>/etc/remote</tt>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
and use <tt>\@</tt> for the <tt/pn/ capability:
<verb>
big-university:\
:pn=\@:tc=dialout
dialout:\
:dv=/dev/cuaa3:br#9600:at=courier:du:pa=none:
</verb>
Then, list the phone numbers for the university in
<tt>/etc/phones</tt>:
<verb>
big-university 5551111
big-university 5551112
big-university 5551113
big-university 5551114
</verb>
<tt/tip/ will try each one in the listed order, then give up. If
you want to keep retrying, run <tt/tip/ in a while loop.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Why do I have to hit CTRL+P twice to send CTRL+P once?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
CTRL+P is the default ``force'' character, used to tell <tt/tip/
that the next character is literal data. You can set the force
character to any other character with the <tt/~s/ escape, which
means ``set a variable.''
Type ``<tt/~sforce=&lt;single-char&gt;/'' followed by a newline.
<tt/&lt;single-char&gt;/ is any single character. If you leave
out <tt/&lt;single-char&gt;/, then the force character is the nul
character, which you can get by typing CTRL+2 or CTRL+SPACE. A
pretty good value for <tt/&lt;single-char&gt;/ is SHIFT+CTRL+6,
which I've seen only used on some terminal servers.
You can have the force character be whatever you want by
specifying the following in your <tt>&dollar;HOME/.tiprc</tt>
file:
<verb>
force=<single-char>
</verb>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<heading>Suddenly everything I type is in UPPER CASE??</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
You must've pressed CTRL+A, <tt/tip/'s ``raise character,''
specially designed for people with broken caps-lock keys. Use
<tt/~s/ as above and set the variable ``raisechar'' to something
reasonable. In fact, you can set it to the same as the force
character, if you never expect to use either of these features.
Here's a sample .tiprc file perfect for Emacs users who need to
type CTRL+2 and CTRL+A a lot:
<verb>
force=^^
raisechar=^^
</verb>
The ^^ is SHIFT+CTRL+6.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
<heading>How can I do file transfers with <tt/tip/?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
If you're talking to another UNIX system, you can send and
receive files with <tt/~p/ (put) and <tt/~t/ (take). These
commands run ``<tt/cat/'' and ``<tt/echo/'' on the remote system
to accept and send files. The syntax is:
<verb>
~p <local-file> [<remote-file>]
~t <remote-file> [<local-file>]
</verb>
There's no error checking, so you probably should use another
protocol, like zmodem.
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect1>
* Move questions re mounting CDROMs together (suggested by Darryl Okahata). * Add explanation of what virtual consoles are (suggested by Francisco Reyes) * Minor formatting change to fix docs/1378 (could some kind person close this for me? Thanks!) * Removed references to obsolete /usr/share/FAQ/Text directory. * Added details of UK supplier of FreeBSD CDs. * Made the consequences of running ``make world'' more explicit. * More cleaning and tidying up.
1996-07-09 22:37:38 +00:00
<heading>How can I run zmodem with <tt/tip/?</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
To receive files, start the sending program on the remote end.
Then, type ``<tt/~C rz/'' to begin receiving them locally.
To send files, start the receiving program on the remote end.
Then, type ``<tt/~C sz &lt;files&gt;/'' to send them to the
remote system.
</sect>
Fix assorted formatting glitches.
1995-08-28 20:34:59 +00:00
<sect>
<heading>ACKNOWLEDGMENTS</heading>
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<p>
<code>
If you see a problem with this FAQ, or wish to submit an entry,
please mail us at <FAQ@FreeBSD.ORG>. We appreciate your
feedback, and cannot make this a better FAQ without your help!
FreeBSD Core Team
</code>
<descrip>
Make temporary changes to the FAQ in time for 2.1.5, pending a more comprehensive re-write later. * Ruthlessly condense questions so they fit on a single line (the TOC is now actually readable in lynx!). In one or two cases, this has meant splitting up questions or incorporating part of the old question into the answer. * Make it clear that the question about disklabel'ing is actually about adding a second hard disk, provide a _much_ simpler answer and move it out of the installation section. * Don't imply that the AHA2920 is supported (I suspect we will get a lot of queries about this) * Reword the non-serious questions to hint that the answer may not be particularly informative... * Correct typos and grammar, remove US-centric colloquialisms :-) and many more.
1996-07-09 02:23:54 +00:00
<tag/James Raynard/
Acting FAQ caretaker
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tag/Ollivier Robert/
FreeBSD FAQ maintenance man
<tag/Gary Clark II/
Added Conetic Software Systems to commercial area Added entry on NFS mounting SunOS drives (Just like the Linux entry above it) Added entry on use of cu to do AT commands Still to be added: KTRACE entry
1995-09-19 10:58:43 +00:00
FreeBSD Doc Team
The FAQ moves to its new home.
1995-04-28 16:36:02 +00:00
<tag/Jordan Hubbard/
Janitorial services (I don't do windows)
<tag/Garrett Wollman/
Networking and formatting
<tag/Jim Lowe/
Multicast information
<tag/The FreeBSD Team/
Kvetching, moaning, submitting data
</descrip>
And to any others we've forgotten, apologies and heartfelt thanks!
</article>
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink